12_Fin_E_New_New_New
-
Upload
arvind-surendran -
Category
Documents
-
view
452 -
download
0
Transcript of 12_Fin_E_New_New_New
Release Notes for
Financials
SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 2 of 222
Copyright © 2010 SAP AG. All rights reserved.
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG. The information contained herein may be changed without prior notice.
Some software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of other software vendors.
Microsoft, Windows, Excel, Outlook, and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
IBM, DB2, DB2 Universal Database, System i, System i5, System p, System p5, System x, System z, System z10, System z9, z10, z9, iSeries, pSeries, xSeries, zSeries, eServer, z/VM, z/OS, i5/OS, S/390, OS/390, OS/400, AS/400, S/390 Parallel Enterprise Server, PowerVM, Power Architecture, POWER6+, POWER6, POWER5+, POWER5, POWER, OpenPower, PowerPC, BatchPipes, BladeCenter, System Storage, GPFS, HACMP, RETAIN, DB2 Connect, RACF, Redbooks, OS/2, Parallel Sysplex, MVS/ESA, AIX, Intelligent Miner, WebSphere, Netfinity, Tivoli and Informix are trademarks or registered trademarks of IBM Corporation.
Linux is the registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the U.S. and other countries.
Adobe, the Adobe logo, Acrobat, PostScript, and Reader are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries.
Oracle is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation.
UNIX, X/Open, OSF/1, and Motif are registered trademarks of the Open Group.
Citrix, ICA, Program Neighborhood, MetaFrame, WinFrame, VideoFrame, and MultiWin are trademarks or registered trademarks of Citrix Systems, Inc.
HTML, XML, XHTML and W3C are trademarks or registered trademarks of W3C®, World Wide Web Consortium, Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Java is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc.
JavaScript is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc., used under license for technology invented and implemented by Netscape.
SAP, R/3, SAP NetWeaver, Duet, PartnerEdge, ByDesign, Clear Enterprise, SAP BusinessObjects Explorer and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG in Germany and other countries.
Business Objects and the Business Objects logo, BusinessObjects, Crystal Reports, Crystal Decisions, Web Intelligence, Xcelsius, and other Business Objects products and services mentioned herein as well as their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP France in the United States and in other countries.
All other product and service names mentioned are the trademarks of their respective companies. Data contained in this document serves informational purposes only. National product specifications may vary.
These materials are subject to change without notice. These materials are provided by SAP AG and its affiliated companies ("SAP Group") for informational purposes only, without representation or warranty of any kind, and SAP Group shall not be liable for errors or omissions with respect to the materials. The only warranties for SAP Group products and services are those that are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services, if any. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 3 of 222
Corporate Governance .................................................................................... 8
Business Function Master Data Governance for Financials, Organizational Units .............................................................................................................. 8
FIN_MDM_ORG: Business Function Master Data Governance for Financials, Organizational Units (new) ................................................................................................. 8
Business Function Master Data Governance for Financials, SOA Cons. Units .............................................................................................................. 9
FIN_MDM_SOA_CU: Business Function Master Data Governance for Financials, SOA ChtAccts and FRS (New) ................................................................................................... 9
Business Function Master Data Governance for Financials, SOA Org. Units .................................................................................................................... 10
FIN_MDM_SOA_ORG: Business Function Master Data Governance for Financials, SOA Organizational Units (new) ............................................................................................... 10
Financial Accounting ...................................................................................... 11
Business Function Contract Accounts A/R and A/P, 03 .............................. 11
FICAX_CI_3: Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable, 03 (New) ............................. 11
Archiving (New) ................................................................................................................ 14
Extraction to Business Intelligence (BI) (new) .................................................................. 15
Mass Change of Documents ............................................................................................ 16
Cash Journal .................................................................................................................... 17
Closing Operations (New) ................................................................................................ 18
Collections Management (New) ....................................................................................... 19
Processing of Worklists by Collections Manager (New) .................................................. 21
Credit Clarification (New) ................................................................................................. 22
Dunning ............................................................................................................................ 24
New Events ...................................................................................................................... 25
External Cash Desk Services (New) ................................................................................ 28
Replication and Synchronization of Business Partner Data ............................................. 30
Information Containers (New) .......................................................................................... 31
Integration (New) .............................................................................................................. 32
Mass Activities .................................................................................................................. 35
Postings and Documents ................................................................................................. 36
Transferring Items and Requests (New) .......................................................................... 37
Enhanced Consistency Checks for Documents (New) .................................................... 38
Connection of Schedule Manager in FI-CA ...................................................................... 40
Subapplication in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable (New) ............................. 41
Update of External Tax Systems (New) ........................................................................... 42
Withholding Tax (New) ..................................................................................................... 43
Telecommunications Tax (New) ....................................................................................... 45
Enterprise Services (New) ................................................................................................ 50
Doubtful Items and Individual Value Adjustment.............................................................. 52
Business Function Invoicing........................................................................ 53
FICAX_INV_1: Invoicing Enhancements, SD Integration (New) ...................................... 53
Invoicing (New) ................................................................................................................. 54
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 4 of 222
Billing Cycle (New) ........................................................................................................... 56
Discount at Invoice Level (New) ....................................................................................... 59
Business Function Contract Accounts A/R and A/P, 03 .............................. 60
FICAX_INV_PP_1: Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable (FI-CA) ......... 60
Billing (New) ..................................................................................................................... 61
Integration with SAP Convergent Charging (New) ........................................................... 64
One-Off Charges (New) ................................................................................................... 66
Business Function Local Close 2 ................................................................ 67
FIN_ACC_LOCAL_CLOSE: Local Close 2 (New) ........................................................... 67
Business Function FI, ES Sending Payment Advices ................................. 69
FIN_APAR_PAYMT_ADV: Business Function FI, ES Sending Payment Advices (new) 69
Business Function CO, Parallel Valuation of Costs of Goods Manufactured .................................................................................................................... 71
FIN_CO_COGM: Multiple Valuation of Cost of Goods Manufactured (New) .................. 71
Business Function FI, Integration with CRM Funds Management for Marketing .................................................................................................... 75
FIN_CRM_MKT_INTGR_MAP: Mppng ERP Cst elmts to Exp. tps frm CRM Fds Mgmt. 75
Business Function Average Daily Balance ................................................. 76
FIN_GL_ADB: Average Daily Balance (New) .................................................................. 76
Business Function New General Ledger Accounting 3 ............................... 77
FIN_GL_CI_3: New General Ledger Accounting 3 (New) ............................................... 77
FIN_GL_CI_3: Impairment of Assets According to IAS36 (New) ..................................... 78
FIN_GL_CI_3: Parallel Valuation of Material Stocks (New) ............................................. 80
FIN_GL_CI_3: Enhanced Reports for Reconciliation Between MM and FI-GL (New) .... 81
FIN_GL_CI_3: Reading Totals Records from Archive (New) .......................................... 83
FIN_GL_CI_3: Number Assignment for Asset Transfer (New) ........................................ 84
Business Function Sum transfer in distributed systems .............................. 85
FIN_GL_DISTR_SCEN_1: Totals Document and Single Document Transfer in Distributed Systems (New) ............................................................................................... 85
Business Function Error Correction System ............................................... 88
FIN_GL_ERR_CORR: Error Correction System (New) ................................................... 88
Business Function FI-GL (new), Reorganization and FI-AA Segment Reports ....................................................................................................... 90
FIN_GL_REORG_1: Profit Center Reorganization and Segment Reports (New) ........... 90
FIN_GL_REORG_1: Reorganization of Receivables and Payables (New) ..................... 94
FIN_GL_REORG_1: Reorganization of Materials (New) ................................................. 96
FIN_GL_REORG_1: Reorganization of WIP and SD Objects (New) .............................. 97
FIN_GL_REORG_1: Reorganization of Cost Centers (New) .......................................... 99
FIN_GL_REORG_1: Reorganization of Fixed Assets (New) ......................................... 100
FIN_GL_REORG_1: Segment Reporting for Fixed Assets (New) ................................. 102
Business Function FI, Localiz. for China, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates .................................................................................................... 104
FIN_LOC_CI_11: Business Function FI, Localiz. for China, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates (New) ............................................................................................................... 104
FIN_LOC_CI_11: Financial Statements (New) .............................................................. 105
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 5 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_11: Cash Flow Statements (New) ............................................................ 106
FIN_LOC_CI_11: Official Document Numbering by Period (New) ................................ 107
FIN_LOC_CI_11 Time Dept. Text for G/L Acc. China (Enhanced) ................................ 108
FIN_LOC_CI_11: G/L Account Balances for China ....................................................... 109
FIN_LOC_CI_11: G/L Account Vouchers for China ....................................................... 110
FIN_LOC_CI_11: P&L Carry Forward for China ............................................................ 111
FIN_LOC_CI_11: FI Localization for Kingdom of Saudi Arabia ..................................... 112
FIN_LOC_CI_11: FI Localization for United Arab Emirates ........................................... 113
Business Function FI, LO Localization for China ...................................... 114
FIN_LOC_CI_13: Business Function FI, Localization for China (New) ......................... 114
FIN_LOC_CI_13: General Ledger Account Attributes (New) ........................................ 115
FIN_LOC_CI_13: Financial Statements (Enhanced) ..................................................... 116
FIN_LOC_CI_13: Official Document Numbering by Period (Enhanced) ....................... 117
FIN_LOC_CI_13: Account Level Hierarchy (New) ......................................................... 118
FIN_LOC_CI_13: G/L Account Balances for China (Enhanced) ................................... 119
FIN_LOC_CI_13: G/L Account Vouchers for China (Enhanced) ................................... 120
FIN_LOC_CI_13: P&L Carry Forward for China (Enhanced) ........................................ 121
FIN_LOC_CI_13: Aging Reports (New) ......................................................................... 122
FIN_LOC_CI_13: GR/IR Analysis Reports (New) .......................................................... 123
Business Function FI, Electronic Payment Integration for China .............. 124
FIN_LOC_CI_16: FI, Electronic Payment Integration for China (New) .......................... 124
Business Function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia ....................................................................................................... 126
FIN_LOC_CI_7: Business Function FI, LO Topics for CL, IN, PT, RU (New) ............... 126
FIN_LOC_CI_7 Asset Accounting, Russia (Enhanced) ................................................. 127
FIN_LOC_CI_7 Contract Processing, Russia (New) ..................................................... 128
FIN_LOC_CI_7 Deal Passports, Russia (New) ............................................................. 130
FIN_LOC_CI_7 Export Customs Declarations, Russia (New) ....................................... 131
FIN_LOC_CI_7 Import Customs Declarations, Russia (New) ....................................... 133
FIN_LOC_CI_7 Financial Statements, Russia (New) .................................................... 134
FIN_LOC_CI_7 Foreign Currency Valuation History, Russia (New).............................. 135
FIN_LOC_CI_7 Form Printing, Russia (Enhanced) ....................................................... 136
FIN_LOC_CI_7 Negative Posting, Russia (Enhanced) ................................................. 138
FIN_LOC_CI_7 Offsetting Acc. Determination Russia (Enhanced) ............................... 140
FIN_LOC_CI_7 Value-Added Tax, Russia (Enhanced) ................................................. 141
FIN_LOC_CI_7 VAT for Goods in Transit, Russia (New) .............................................. 142
FIN_LOC_CI_7 FI Summarization - Material Ledger Chile (New) ................................. 143
FIN_LOC_CI_7: Assigning Tax Code Based on Region, India (Enhanced) .................. 144
FIN_LOC_CI_7: Free Revaluation of Fixed Assets, Portugal (New) ............................. 145
Business Function FI-AA Topics for IN, JP, RU ........................................ 146
FIN_LOC_CI_8: FI-AA Localization Topics for India, Japan, and Russia ..................... 146
FIN_LOC_CI_8: Asset Master Data, Russia (Enhanced) .............................................. 147
FIN_LOC_CI_8 Calc. IT Depreciation of Asset Blk, IN (New) ....................................... 148
FIN_LOC_CI_8: Annex 16, Japan (New) ....................................................................... 150
Business Function FI, Enablement for FSS .............................................. 151
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 6 of 222
FIN_SSC_AIC_1: Business Function FI, Enablement for Financial Shared Services (New) .............................................................................................................................. 151
FIN_SSC_AIC_1: Connection of Miscellaneous Systems (New) .................................. 154
Financial Analytics ....................................................................................... 155
Business Function Error Correction and Suspense Accounting ................ 155
FIN_GL_ERR_CORR_SUSP: Error Correction System: Suspense Accounting (New) 155
Business Function PDCE Enhanced Performance ................................... 157
FIN_BA_605_FIN_PDCE_PI: PDCE, Improved Performance (New) ............................ 157
Financial Shared Service Center ................................................................. 158
Business Function Internal Self Services, Enablement for Financial Shared Services .................................................................................................... 158
FIN_SSC_ISS_1: Business Function Internal Self-Services, Enablement for Fin. Shared Services (New) ............................................................................................................... 158
Financial Supply Chain Management .......................................................... 161
Business Function SAP Biller Direct Buy Side 2 ....................................... 161
FIN_FSCM_BD_3: SAP Biller Direct Buy Side 2 (New) ................................................ 161
FIN_FSCM_BD_3_01: Invoice Status (New) ................................................................. 162
FIN_FSCM_BD_3_02: Inquiries by Vendors (New) ....................................................... 163
Business Function FSCM Functions 3 ...................................................... 164
FIN_FSCM_CCD_3: Business Function FSCM Functions 3 (New) .............................. 164
FIN_FSCM_CCD_3: WS-RM Support in SAP Credit Management .............................. 166
Business Function FSCM Integration 3 ..................................................... 168
FIN_FSCM_CCD_INTEGRATION_3: Business Function FSCM Integration 3 (New) .. 168
Business Function FSCM, Enablement for FSS ....................................... 170
FIN_FSCM_SSC_AIC_1: Business Function FSCM, Enablement for FSS (New) ........ 170
Business Function FI, Localization for CN ................................................ 172
FIN_LOC_CI_9: Business Function FI Localization Topics for China ........................... 172
SAP for Public Sector .................................................................................. 173
Business Function FI, LO, Interest on Arrears Localization Topic for France .................................................................................................................. 173
FIN_LOC_CI_10: FI, LO Interest on Arrears for FR (New) ............................................ 173
Strategic Enterprise Management ................................................................ 174
Business Function Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale ........... 174
FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale (New) .......... 174
FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Assets Held for Sale (New) ................................................... 175
FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Load from Data Stream and Copy (Enhanced) .................... 178
FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Historical Currency Translation Without C/I (New) ............... 179
FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Document Type Assignment in the Balance Carryforward (New) .............................................................................................................................. 180
FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Compare Investment to Equity (Enhanced) .......................... 181
FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Hiding Statistical Items in the Log (New) .............................. 182
FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Equity Method (Changed) ..................................................... 183
FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Consistency Check for Manual Document Types (New) ...... 184
Treasury ....................................................................................................... 185
Business Function FIN In-House Cash Module Enhancements ............... 185
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 7 of 222
FIN_INHOUSE_CASH_1: In-House Cash Module Enhancements (New) .................... 185
FIN_INHOUSE_CASH_1: Unblocking and Posting of Payment Order (New) ............... 186
FIN_INHOUSE_CASH_1: Dual Control for Limit Check ................................................ 187
Business Function Financial Risk Management for Commodities............. 188
FIN_TRM_COMM_RM: Financial Risk Management for Commodities (New) .............. 188
Business Function TRM, Correspondence Framework 2 .......................... 192
FIN_TRM_CORR_FW_2: TRM Correspondence Framework 2 (New) ......................... 192
Business Function TRM, Hedge Management for FAM 2, Additional Scenarios .................................................................................................. 194
FIN_TRM_INS_HM_2: Hedge Management for FAM 2, Additional Scenarios (New) ... 194
Business Function TRM, Transaction Management Localization for France .................................................................................................................. 198
FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR: Business Function TRM, Transaction Management Localization for France (New) ............................................................................................................ 198
FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR: Amortized Cost (New) ............................................................ 199
FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR: Capitalization Reserves (New) ............................................... 200
FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR: FIFO Reevaluation (New) ...................................................... 202
Business Function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting .................................................................................................. 203
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting (New) .............................................................................................................................. 203
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Forward Loan Purchases (New) ............................................ 206
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Fiduciary Deposit ................................................................... 207
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Total Return Swap (New) ...................................................... 208
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Company Code Dependent Rate Type for CurrencyTranslation (New) .............................................................................................................................. 209
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Variable Rate/Price Calculation (New) .................................. 210
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Enhancements in Single Position Management (New) ......... 211
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Separating Posting and Paying Step (New) .......................... 213
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Retrospective SAC Amortization Method (New) ................... 214
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Additional Account Assignments (New) ................................. 215
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Additional Tab Pages in Class Data (New) ........................... 216
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Authorization Check for Security Price Maintenance (New) .. 217
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: FAS 157 Reporting (New)...................................................... 218
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Archiving of Raw Exposures and Exposure Positions (New) 219
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Accounting Analyzer (New) ................................................... 220
Additional Release Notes ............................................................................. 221
Enhancements for Foreign Currency Valuation (New) .................................................. 221
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 8 of 222
Corporate Governance
Business Function Master Data Governance for Financials, Organizational Units
FIN_MDM_ORG: Business Function Master Data Governance for Financials, Organizational Units (new)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (FINBASIS 605), you can use the
business function Master Data Governance for Financials, Organizational Units.
This business function lets you configure a governance process for your master data in
the area of Financials: The management of the master data takes place centrally and
undergoes an approval process. The changes can be replicated to decentralized
systems and are documented.
This business function offers the following enhancements as compared to business
function Master Data Governance for Financials: Chart of Accounts
(FIN_MDM_ACC):
o New entity types:
- Company
- Profit center
- Cost center
- Cost element
o Improved analysis and print functions
o More options for modeling the approval process
o More options in data and UI modeling
Prerequisites
You have activated the business function Master Data Governance, Generic
Functions (MDG_FOUNDATION).
Effects on Customizing
Work through the Customizing activities in Customizing for Master Data Governance
under:
o General Settings
o Master Data Governance for Financials
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting
-> Master Data Governance for Financials, Organizational Units
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 9 of 222
Business Function Master Data Governance for Financials, SOA Cons. Units
FIN_MDM_SOA_CU: Business Function Master Data Governance for Financials, SOA ChtAccts and FRS (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SEM-BW 605), the new
business function Master Data Governance for Financials, SOA ChtAccts and FRS
is available. This business function allows you to use enterprise services to import the
master data of consolidation charts of accounts and item hierarchies from the Master
Data Governance hub into your decentralized systems.
Integration
Enterprise services for exporting the data are provided in the software component
FINBASIS 605; these enterprise services are part of the business function Master Data
Governance for Financials, Organizational Units (FIN_MDM_ORG).
Effects on Customizing
Configure the settings in the Customizing activities under Cross-Application
Components -> Processes and Tools for Enterprise Applications -> Master Data
Governance -> Master Data Governance for Financials -> Enterprise Services->
Inbound Services for Business Consolidation.
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
Business Functions (SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0) -> Business
Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Master
Data Governance for Financials, SOA ChtAccts and FRS
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 10 of 222
Business Function Master Data Governance for Financials, SOA Org. Units
FIN_MDM_SOA_ORG: Business Function Master Data Governance for Financials, SOA Organizational Units (new)
Use
From SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), the business
function Master Data Governance for Financials, SOA Organizational Units is
available. This business function enables you to import the following master data from
the Master Data Governance hub into decentralized systems using enterprise services.
o Account and chart of accounts
o Company
o Profit center and profit center hierarchy
o Cost center and cost center hierarchy
o Cost element
Integration
Enterprise services for exporting data are available in the software component
FINBASIS 605. These enterprise services are part of the business function Master
Data Governance for Financials, Organizational Units (FIN_MDM_ORG).
Effects on Customizing
Work through the Customizing activities under Cross-Application Components ->
Processes and Tools for Enterprise Applications -> Master Data Governance ->
Master Data Governance for Financials -> Enterprise Services -> Inbound
Services for Financials Master Data.
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal under http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP
ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package
5 -> Business Functions (SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0) ->
Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting
-> Master Data Governance for Financials, SOA Organizational Units
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 11 of 222
Financial Accounting
Business Function Contract Accounts A/R and A/P, 03
FICAX_CI_3: Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable, 03 (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can use the business
function Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable, 03 (FICAX_CI_3). You can use
this business function to:
o In credit processing, you can process multiple credits in one step (for example,
payment, transfer, payment by check, or write-off).
o Using event 1256 you can offer items for mass change that correspond to the
current item selection of the account balance.
o During processing of open items within the variable display area, you can scroll
horizontally through the fields of the display variant.
o You can transfer open business partner items and requests at the same time.
o In the cash desk, you can select payment documents for reversal based on the
current date, a concrete date, an entry period, or the number of the payment
document; and you can reverse multiple payment documents together in one
step.
o In the area of external cash desk services, you can process reversals of cash
desk closings using the enterprise service
CashPointClosingDocumentERPCancelNotification_In.
o You can replicate and synchronize business partners in Contract Accounts
Receivable and Payable.
o For data in information container categories that you transfer using XI messages,
you can also send this data using Web Services Reliable Messaging (WSRM) for
asynchronous enterprise services.
o You can specify the priority with which original items of installment plans are
cleared when payments are received.
o You can aggregate reconciliation keys under one reconciliation key before the
transfer to the general ledger.
o You can link the reconciliation report RFKKOP10 with the SAP Solution Manager
in order to monitor the status there of the reconciliation with the general ledger.
o You can use an extended consistency check for documents.
o You can use Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable and SAP Credit
Management in a single or multiple system landscape without an XI server.
o Using the mass activity Transfer of Credit Data with the asynchronous service
CreditPaymentBehaviourSummaryNotification_Out, you can transfer key figures
from Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable to SAP Credit Management,
and you can transfer business partners with negative payment behavior to SAP
Credit Management.
o You can keep the credit score of business partners synchronous in Contract
Accounts Receivable and Payable and SAP Credit Management.
o You can extract promises to pay for Business Intelligence.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 12 of 222
o You can post withholding tax with the vendor invoice.
o Using the subapplication, you can control the meaning of the reference
specifications field from the contract field individually for each industry.
o You can update external tax systems, such as VERTEX, TAXWARE or SABRIX,
in parallel.
o You can connect to external tax systems for the calculation and reporting of
telecommunications tax in the U.S.A.
o You can display open but not yet due items according to their due date, and post
reclassifications for these items.
o In the dunning proposal run, you can use preselection for master data for
selecting business partners or contract accounts.
o In Collections Management you can record BRF traces to be able to interpret
decisions of the Business Rules Framework (BRF), and you can update
collection strategies at the master data level.
o For managing worklists, you can use the SAP IC WebClient business role
FICACM, where, in addition to the functions of the GUI transaction for managing
worklists, you can move work items between worklists and remove them from
processing. You can also get an overview of the distribution of work items to the
individual organizational units.
o You can use new enterprise services for the business objects Cash Point and
Promise to Pay.
o You can archive reconciliation keys, credit card supplements, and
telecommunications tax data.
For more information, see the following release notes:
o Archiving
o Extraction of Promises to Pay
o Mass Change of Documents
o Cash Journal
o Closing Operations
o Collections Management
o Processing of Worklists by Collections Manager
o Credit Clarification
o Dunning
o New Events
o External Cash Desk Services
o Replication and Synchronization of Business Partner Data
o Information Containers
o Deferrals and Installment Plans
o Integration
o Mass Activities
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 13 of 222
o Postings and Documents
o Transfer Items and Requests
o Extended Consistency Check for Documents
o Connection of Schedule Manager with Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable
o Subapplication in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable
o Update of External Tax Systems
o Withholding Tax
o Telecommunications Tax
o Enterprise Services
o Doubtful Entries and Individual Value Adjustments
See also
For more information, see SAP Library under SAP ERP-> Business Functions (SAP
Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0) -> Business Functions in SAP ERP ->
Industry Business Function Sets -> SAP Contract Accounts Receivable and
Payable.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 14 of 222
Archiving (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can use a new
enhancement in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable in the area of archiving
totals records for external payment information (archiving object FI_MKKEXCS).
When archiving totals records, the system now automatically archives table
DFKKEXC_SUM_HIST (history) as well.
Enhancement of the FI-CA document archiving object (FI_MKKDOC)
If telecommunications tax data exists for an FI-CA document, then you have to archive
this data before archiving the FI-CA document.
Enhancement of the contract account archiving object (FI_FICA)
During archiving, the charges and discounts for the relationship between the contract
account and partner (table FKKVKP_CHGDISC) are also archived.
In addition, the following new archiving objects are available.
New archiving object: reconciliation key
You can archive reconciliation keys using the new archiving object FI_MKKSUM. The
prerequisites for archiving are described in the documentation of report
RFKKSUMAR01 (see SAP Easy Access screen: Periodic Processing -> Archive
Data).
New archiving object: credit card supplements
You can archive credit card supplements using the new archiving object
FI_MKKPCARD. The prerequisites for archiving are described in the documentation of
report RFKKPCARDAR01 (see SAP Easy Access screen: Periodic Processing -
> Archive Data).
New telecommunications tax archiving object
You can archive telecommunications tax data using the new archiving object
FI_MKKUSTX. The prerequisites for archiving are described in the documentation of
report RFKKUSTAXAR01 (see SAP Easy Access screen: Periodic Processing -
> Archive Data).
Effects on Customizing
Enter the residence times and activate the archiving information structure for
reconciliation keys in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable
under Basic Functions -> Postings and Documents -> Archiving.
Enter the residence times and activate the archiving information structure for payment
card supplements in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable
under Business Transactions -> Payments -> Archiving.
Enter the residence times and activate the archiving information structure for
telecommunications tax in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and
Payable under Basic Functions -> Telecommunications Taxes -> Archiving.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 15 of 222
Extraction to Business Intelligence (BI) (new)
Use
Extraction of Promise to Pay Data
You can now extract all promise to pay data to Business Intelligence (BI). You can run
the extraction as a full upload, as a delta initialization with or without data, and as a
delta update.
Extraction structure:
The extraction structures FKKPPBW_DELTA and FKKPPDBW_DELTA contain all
fields that could be relevant for evaluation in BI. The DataSources 0FC_PP (Promise to
Pay Header) and 0FC_PPD (Amount Due Per Payment Date) deliver all these fields for
extraction.
Full upload/Delta and initialization without data:
Extractor FKK_BW_P2P supports selection of entered dates in full upload or DeltaInit
modes, and transfers promise to pay data from the ERP system to the BW system.
Delta update:
Transactions that create, change, replace, withdraw, reactivate, evaluate, approve or
reject promise to pay data; such as Valuation of Promises to Pay (FP2P), and
Promises to Pay of a Business Partner (FP2P1), set the trigger in trigger table
DFKKP2PBW for mass activity Update Delta Queue (FPBW_EXTRACT) to extract the
data to delta queue.
The Update Delta Queue transaction is found in the SAP Easy Access menu under
Utilities Industry -> Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Periodic
processing -> Extraction for Business Intelligence.
DeltaInit must be executed once for the delta update function to work. The delta
procedure After Image via Delta Queue (AIM) is used.
Effects on Customizing
Before using promise to pay extraction, you must first activate the extraction.
You can do this in Customizing for Financial Accounting(New) under Contract
Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Integration -> Business Intelligence ->
Make Central Settings.
Note
Be aware that DataSource 0FC_PP (Promise to Pay Header) must be activated before
you activate DataSource 0FC_PPD (Amount Due Per Payment Date).
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 16 of 222
Mass Change of Documents
Use
Account Balance/Mass Change
When you navigate from the account balance to the mass change of documents (for
instance, by choosing Environment -> Account -> Mass Change), the system now
offers only those items for the mass change that you selected in the account balance.
This applies even if you used the Find function after selecting the items to reduce the
number of items in the account balance. Even in that case, the system displays only
the currently displayed items in the mass change.
Selection of Additional Items in Mass Change
In the mass change function for documents, you can now also select and add
additional items, as in the processing of open items. The added items are added at the
bottom of the list; already selected items remain selected.
Effects on Customizing
To have the system offer only the items currently selected in the account balance in the
mass change, define event 1256 and set the indicator E_ADD_CUST-XMCFI in your
implementation. Then register your function module for event 1256 in Customizing for
Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Program Enhancements -> Define
Customer-Specific Function Modules.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 17 of 222
Cash Journal
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can use the following
enhancements to the reversal function for payment documents in the cash desk:
Selection of payment documents to be reversed
You can select payment documents for reversal based on any date, the current date, or
an entry time period, as well as based on the number of the payment document.
Before you reverse a document, you can go to the detail display of the payment
document.
Reversal
You can reverse multiple payment documents together in one step.
For the posting of the reversal, you enter the reconciliation key, the clearing reason,
and the reversal date.
You can reverse payment documents that are in payment lots that are already closed.
This allows you, for example, to reverse check payments if you discover later on that a
check is not covered.
You can also reverse mixed payments that consist of more than one payment category.
Example: A customer pays a receivable of 100 with 50 in cash and 50 as a check. You
can then reverse either the partial amount of 50 for each of the given payment
categories, or you can reverse the entire payment of 100.
Display
You can display reversed payments in the cash balance and in the historical data of the
cash desk. This enables you to get a better overview of the activities of the cash desks
in a branch.
Cash Journal
In addition to the cash desk, you can also access this enhanced reversal function from
the cash journal.
Effects on Customizing
In Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Business
Transactions -> Payments -> Processing Incoming and Outgoing Payments ->
Cash Desk/Cash Journal -> Maintain Role-Specific Activities for Cash Journal, set
the Maintain Role-Specific Activities for Cash Journal indicator to assign the
authorization for reversing to a role. SAP provides this setting for the roles branch office
manager and cashier with special tasks.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 18 of 222
Closing Operations (New)
Use
Reclassification by Due Date
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can display open but not yet
due items according to their due date in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable,
and post reclassifications for these items. It is also possible for the system to consider
installment plans when determining the due date. In that case, the due date of an
assigned installment overrides the original due date of the open item.
Effects on Customizing
You can enter the G/L accounts you want to use as adjustment accounts and target
accounts. You enter this for each company code, G/L account, and grid interval. In
Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable, choose Closing
Operations -> Reclassifications -> Define Adjustment Accounts for Reclassification by Due Date.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 19 of 222
Collections Management (New)
Use
BRF Traces
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can record BRF traces.
Using a BRF trace, you can, in individual cases, interpret decisions of the Business
Rules Framework (BRF), and based on this you can make targeted adjustments to the
check rules in the Business Rules Framework (BRF).
You trigger the recording of a BRF trace in the dunning proposal run by setting the
Trace Active indicator on the Dunning Parameters tab page. (On the SAP Easy
Access screen, choose Periodic Processing -> For Contract Accounts -> Dunning -
> Dunning Proposal Run.)
To ease the load on your database, enter an amount of time after which the BRF trace
is released to be deleted. Enter this in the Days Until Trace Deleted field. Based on
the number of days you enter, the system determines the date the trace expires and
stores this date in the trace data record. The system automatically proposes 30 days.
However, you can change this value. If you do not enter a value, the system
automatically sets the expiration date to December 31, 9999.
Once the expiration date has been reached, the system deletes the BRF trace
automatically the next time the dunning proposal run is executed.
In the case of BRF traces with the expiration date December 31, 9999, the system
never deletes them automatically. It is only possible for you to delete these BRF traces
manually. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Periodic Processing -> Delete
Data -> BRF Traces. You can also use the same transaction to directly delete BRF
traces that do have an expiration date.
You can display recorded BRF traces using these methods:
o Using the report Collections Management: Display BRF Trace
On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Periodic Processing -> For Contract
Accounts -> Dunning -> By Collection Strategy -> Display BRF Traces.
o In the dunning proposal run
You can also call the report directly in the dunning proposal run. Enter the date
ID and the run ID of the run you want. Choose the @10@ Trace pushbutton on
the Dunning Parameters tab page.
o In the dunning history
To access the dunning history from the dunning proposal run, in the menu
choose Environment -> Dunning History. Or on the SAP Easy Access screen,
choose Account -> Further Information. Then in the history display, choose the
@10@ Trace pushbutton. Or from the menu, choose Goto -> Display BRF
Trace. Here you can display BRF traces using different selections. You can
select by dunning proposal run using the date ID and run ID. Or you can display
for business partners, contract account groups, collection steps, and collection
strategies.
Displaying for contract accounts and business partners is only possible here if
the system has actually generated dunning headers.
If the system did not generate any dunning notices, you can access the above report
only by means of the BRF trace.
Updating Collection Strategies
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can update collection
strategies at the master data level (contract account, contract account group, contract,
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 20 of 222
contract group). To do so, on the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Periodic
Processing -> For Contract Accounts -> Dunning -> By Collection Strategy ->
Update Collection Strategies.
You have two options. You can explicitly enter which collection strategy in the master
data you want to replace with a new strategy. Or you can enter a test series that the
run uses to replace the collection strategy.
On the SAP Easy Access screen, by choosing Periodic Processing -> For Contract
Accounts -> Dunning -> By Collection Strategy -> Edit Updated Collection
Strategies, you can
o Display the log for an update run
o Run an update run again in the case of errors
o Reverse an update run
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 21 of 222
Processing of Worklists by Collections Manager (New)
Use
As of enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can now use the SAP IC
WebClient business role FICACM for managing worklists in Collection Management in
addition to the SAP GUI transaction Manage Worklists. You access this new function
on the SAP Easy Access screen under Periodic Processing -> For Contract
Accounts -> Dunning -> By Collection Strategy. As in the SAP GUI transaction, a
manager (person responsible for a collection center) or group leader (person
responsible for a unit) can:
o Generate new worklists by grouping work items
o Assign work items to units and/or specialists
o Change attributes of a worklist
o Reverse work items
o Reopen work items
In addition to the functions in the SAP GUI transaction, a manager or group leader with
the SAP IC WebClient business role can:
o Change who is responsible for work items, that is, move work items from one
worklist to another
o Remove work items temporarily from processing
o Get an overview of the assignment of work items to units and departments
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 22 of 222
Credit Clarification (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can use additional functions
for processing credits (SAP Easy Access screen: Account -> Process Credits). This
includes simultaneous processing of multiple credits in one step for all allowed
functions, such as, payment, transfer, payment by check, and write-off.
In addition, you can now enter partial amounts in all credit processing processes. For
example, you can pay out different partial amounts of different items together in one
step by creating a repayment request for them.
In credit clarification (SAP Easy Access screen Payments -> Credit -> Clarification),
it is not possible to clarify multiple clarification cases at the same time (the individual
clarification cases have and retain their own status management); however, you can
enter partial amounts there.
The function brings the following changes in the individual processes:
o Payment
The system creates a repayment request for all selected items that have the
same account assignments for Segment, Business Area and Profit Center. If
the mentioned account assignments are different for the different selected items,
then the system creates multiple repayment requests accordingly.
To have the payment run process the repayment requests, you have to set the
Repayment Requests indicator in the payment run parameters (as usual).
o Transfer
The system does not effect the changes to the selected items (entries of bank
details and payment method) using document changes. Instead, the system
creates a payment specification for all selected items, and notes the entered
payment data in the header of the payment specification. To have the payment
run select and process these payment specifications later, you have to set the
Payment Specifications indicator in the parameters for item selection in the
payment run.
o Check
The system creates a repayment request for all selected items.
o Write-Off
The system writes off the entered (partial) amounts of all selected items together.
o Clearing
The system clears the entered (partial) amounts of all selected items against the
open items of the business partner, the contract account, or the contract.
The system displays the selected open items and activates the selected items.
Then you can activate any applicable additional items in dialog mode and
thereby clear the credit.
o Business Partner Transfer
The system transfers the entered (partial) amounts of all selected items to the
specified business partner.
o General Ledger Transfer
The system transfers the entered (partial) amounts of all selected items to the
general ledger account that you entered using the short account.
Effects on Customizing
You activate credit processing in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and
Payable under Basic Functions -> Postings and Documents -> Basic Settings ->
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 23 of 222
Maintain Central Settings for Posting by setting the Enhanced Credit
Processing indicator.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 24 of 222
Dunning
Use
Use of Preselections for Business Partners and Contract Accounts
You can now use preselections for master data in the dunning proposal run to select
business partners or contract accounts. This is like the existing function, for example, in
the item list (that you access on the SAP Easy access screen, by choosing Periodic
Processing -> Open Item Evaluations -> Execute Evaluation).
You define preselections from the SAP Easy Access screen by choosing Periodic
Processing -> Technical Preparations -> Define Preselection. In each preselection,
you group together a set of master data based on the master data attributes of your
choice (such as, all business partners with an address in Chicago).
The dunning run treats master records included in the preselection as single values
that you enter for business partners or master data. The system checks the
preselections against the interval limits of the mass activity. In each interval, therefore,
the dunning run processes only those master records that are both within the interval
limits and are part of the preselection.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 25 of 222
New Events
Use
As of SAP ERP 6.0, Enhancement Package 5, you can use the following new events:
o 0066: Posting: Add Expense/Revenue Account for Cash Flow Analysis
o 0191: Promise to Pay: Determine Extraction Date
o 0337: Dunning: Dunning Run Schedule for Simulation
o 0410: Telecommunications Tax (U.S.A.): Account Determination and
Assignment
o 0413: Update Telecommunications Tax (U.S.A.) in External System
o 0413: Calculate Telecommunications Tax (U.S.A.) in External System
o 0415: Determination of Telecommunications Tax (U.S.A.) at Write-Off
o 0450: Promise to Pay: Proposal (Inbound XI Interface)
o 0451: Promise to Pay: Proposal (Outbound XI Interface)
o 0452: Promise to Pay: (Inbound XI Interface)
o 0453: Promise to Pay: (Outbound XI Interface)
o 0454 : Promise to Pay: Proposal Query (Inbound XI Interface)
o 0455: Promise to Pay: Proposal Query (Outbound XI Interface)
o 0456: Promise to Pay: Query (Inbound XI Interface)
o 0457: Promise to Pay: Response (Outbound XI Interface)
o 0946: G/L Transfer: Determine Default Jurisdiction Codes
o 1032: Mass Contract Maintenance: Update of Collection Strategy
o 1033: Check of Master Data Group for Updating Collection Strategy
o 1034: Work Item: Display of Additional Fields
o 1035: Collections: Reprioritization of a Work Item
o 1350: Mass Activity: Update of Delta Queue
o 1379: BRF: Define Customer-Specific Context Object
o 1792: Mass Activity: Delete Run Parameters
o 1855: Mass Activity: Credit Score Comparison: Current <-> Replication
o 1856: Mass Activity: Credit Score Comparison: Current <-> Replication
(Param.)
o 1890: Mass Activity: Update External Tax System
o 1891: Mass Activity: Update External Tax System (Postpone)
o 2692: INV: Mass Activity: Creation of Periodic Invoicing Orders
o 2693: INV: Mass Activity: Move Periodic Invoicing Order Parameters
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 26 of 222
o 2772: INV: Check Reversal of Billing Documents
o 2774: INV: Change Customer-Specific Fields in Billing Reversal Document
o 2778: INV: Transfer Finished Billing Reversal with Document Number
o 2814: ICWC Document for Adjustment Request: Adjustment of Items
o 2827: ICWC Document Reversal: Change Profile
o 4509: Credit Management: Enhancement of Standard Key Figures
o 4510: Credit Management: Fill Customer-Defined Key Figures
o 4511: Credit Management: Update of Trigger for Key Figures
o 4614: CreditManagementAccountERPPaymentBehaviourSummaryByDebtorPar
o 5800: Master Data Transfer: Check Authorization (Display)
o 5801: Master Data Transfer: Check If Transfer Is Allowed
o 5802: Master Data Transfer: Determine Contract Objects
o 5803: Master Data Transfer: Determine Target Contract Account
o 5804: Master Data Transfer: Display Tree Structure (Name)
o 5805: Master Data Transfer: Change Contract Account (Partner-Specific Data)
o 5806: Master Data Transfer: Transfer Contract to Contract Account
o 5807: Master Data Transfer: Follow-On Activities
o 5808: Master Data Transfer: Activation
o 6206: External Cash Desk Services: Select Contract Account
o 6515: Requests: Change of Data Before Transfer
o 8112: BIX: Filter and Check Selection of Billable Items
o 8114: BIX: Create and Check Billing Unit
o 8120: BIX: Enrich Billable Items for Each Billing Unit
o 8125: BIX: Creation of Customer-Specific Billing Document Items
o 8135: BIX: Check and Enrich Billing Document
o 8137: BIX: Transfer Finished Billing Document (w/o Document No.)
o 8139: BIX: Transfer Finished Billing Document (with Document No.)
o 8170: BIX: Enrich Transfer of One-Off Charges (Main Items)
o 8171: BIX: Enrich Transfer of One-Off Charges (Payment Data)
o 8180: BIX: Mass Activity: Create Billing Documents
o 8181: BIX: Mass Activity: Postpone Billing Parameters
o 8185: BIX: Mass Activity: Create Billable Items
Effects on Customizing
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 27 of 222
You enter installation-specific function modules in Customizing for Contract Accounts
Receivable and Payable under Program Enhancements -> Define Customer-Specific Function Modules.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 28 of 222
External Cash Desk Services (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can use the new enterprise
service CashPointClosingDocumentERPCancelNotification_In to process reversals
of cash desk closings (sent using the notification
CashPointClosingDocumentNotification_In).
This enables you to reverse a cash desk closing that was transmitted incorrectly by the
front end, so that you can replace it with the correct cash desk closing that was sent
subsequently.
Example
1. An external cash desk (front end) sends 10 messages with payments for a total
amount of 500 to the SAP system (back end).
2. At the end of the day, you receive a cash desk closing message for 495 from this
external cash desk.
i. You receive a message for each cash desk, branch, and grouping
key.
3. The system records the reported cash desk closing in tables DFKKEXC_SUM and
DFKKEXC_SUM_HIST.
4. The system recognizes the difference of 5 between the amounts. On the Monitor
for External Cash Desk Services screen, on the Overview tab page, the system
displays a payment amount of 500 for the reported payments. It also shows a
reconciliation amount of 495 for the reported cash desk closing.
i. On the Agent Postings tab page, the system displays a payment
amount of 495 for the reported cash desk closing, and a
Difference to be assigned of 5.
ii. Due to the difference between the amount of the reported
payments and the cash desk closing, you cannot post a receivable
to the agent account (agent posting).
5. The external cash desk now sends you a message for reversing the cash desk
closing in the amount of 495.
6. In table DFKKEXC_SUM (totals records for external payment information), the
system sets reconciliation status C for the reversed cash desk closing. In table
DFKKEXC_SUM_HIST (cash desk closing history), the system records the reversal
of the cash desk closing, also with reconciliation status C.
7. The Overview tab page of the Monitor for External Cash Desk Services now
displays a payment amount of 500 for the reported payments, but no longer shows
a reconciliation amount. On the Agent Postings tab page, the system displays the
following for the reported cash desk closing: the payment amount of 495 with
reconciliation status C (Totals Record Reversed ), and a Difference to be
assigned of 500.
8. After that, the external cash desk sends you another cash desk closing message –
now with the correct amount of 500.
9. The system records the reported cash desk closing in tables DFKKEXC_SUM and
DFKKEXC_SUM_HIST.
10. The Overview tab page of the Monitor for External Cash Desk Services now
displays a payment amount of 500 for the reported payments.
i. On the Agent Postings tab page, the system displays a payment
amount of 500 for the reported cash desk closing, and no longer
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 29 of 222
shows a Difference to be assigned.
11. Now you can enter the agent posting. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose
Payments -> External Cash Desk Services -> Post Agent Receivable.
You also have the option of correcting the cash desk closing manually in the Monitor for
External Cash Desk Services.
Example
1. An external cash desk (front end) sends 10 messages with payments for a total
amount of 500 to the SAP system (back end).
2. At the end of the day, you receive a cash desk closing message for 495 from this
external cash desk.
i. You receive a message for each cash desk, branch, and grouping
key.
3. The system records the reported cash desk closing in tables DFKKEXC_SUM and
DFKKEXC_SUM_HIST.
4. The system recognizes the difference of 5 between the amounts. On the Monitor
for External Cash Desk Services screen, on the Overview tab page, the system
displays a payment amount of 500 for the reported payments. It also shows a
reconciliation amount of 495 for the reported cash desk closing.
i. On the Agent Postings tab page, the system displays a payment
amount of 495 for the reported cash desk closing, and a
Difference to be assigned of 5.
5. You notice the discrepancy and contact the branch. The employee there informs
you that the cash desk closing was for 500 and that only the message contains the
wrong amount.
6. On the Overview tab page of the Monitor for External Cash Desk Services, you
select the affected entry and choose the @0Z@ Cash Desk Closing pushbutton.
7. In the dialog box that appears, you change the item total of the grouping key to 500
and confirm your entry.
8. The system records the cash desk closing with reconciliation status U (Updated
Manually), both in table DFKKEXC_SUM (totals records for external payment
information) and in table DFKKEXC_SUM_HIST (cash desk closing history).
9. Now you can enter the agent posting. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose
Payments -> External Cash Desk Services -> Post Agent Receivable.
In the Monitor for External Cash Desk Services, you can choose the @HJ@ History
of Cash Desk Closing pushbutton on the Overview and Agent Postings tab pages to
analyze changes made to the cash desk closing. This means that you can see the XI
messages received for a cash desk closing, and you can see any changes made
manually. To do so, select an entry in the list and choose the @HJ@ History of Cash
Desk Closing pushbutton. As long as the history recorded data for the selected entry
(for the combination of branch, cash desk, and grouping key), the system displays this
data.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 30 of 222
Replication and Synchronization of Business Partner Data
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can replicate and
synchronize business partners in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable. By
replicating and synchronizing business partners, you can synchronize business partner
data from Customer Relationship Management (CRM) with the data of customers and
vendors in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable (FI-CA).
To perform this synchronization, the system makes use of the existing functions of
CRM Middleware, in addition to the customer and vendor integration.
You can access the new transactions for creating, changing and displaying from the
SAP Easy Access screen by choosing Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -
> Master Data -> Business Partner:
o Customer/Customer Integration
o Supplier/Vendor Integration
See also
For more information, see SAP Library under SAP ERP -> SAP ERP Central
Component -> SAP Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable (FI-CA) -> Basic
Functions -> SAP Business Partner in the section Business Partner Replication and
Synchronization.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 31 of 222
Information Containers (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, for data in information container
categories that you transfer by XI message, you can now also send this data using
Web Services Reliable Messaging (WSRM) for asynchronous enterprise services.
The WSRM send type is available for the following information container categories:
o 0001 (returns) with service operation
PaymentReturnERPOccuredBulkNotification_Out
o 0002 (clearing and clearing resets) with service operation
ContractAccountReceivablesPayablesRegisterERPSubscribedItemBulkNotificati
on_Out
To make it possible to send using WSRM, you have to configure the send type in
Customizing. In addition, you have to configure the following service groups in
SOAMANAGER:
o FKK_PAYRETBULKOCCNO for information container category 0001
o FKK_CARPRSUBSCRITEMBULKNO for information container category 0002
The recipient field of the information container is used for logical determination of the
recipient in SOAMANAGER. You can determine the values for the recipients of an
information container entry in a function module entered for event 3701.
If you have implemented your own information container categories and you want to
send the related enterprise service using WSRM, then you have to implement the new
method SEND_VIA_WSRM of interface IF_FKK_INFCO_TYPE accordingly.
Effects on Customizing
Configure the send type for WSRM in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable
and Payable under Integration -> Information Container -> Make Settings for
Information Container -> Deferral and Installment Plans (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can influence the priority
with which original items of installment plans are cleared when payments are received.
You can now assign numerical values to the original items when you create an
installment plan. These numbers specify the clearing priority for the original items of the installment plan when payments are received later.
Effects on Customizing
Set the ClrgPriority (clearing priority) indicator in Customizing for Contract Accounts
Receivable and Payable under Business Transactions -> Deferral and Installment
Plans -> Activate Additional Installment Plan Enhancement.Categories.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 32 of 222
Integration (New)
Use
Transfer to General Ledger Accounting: Aggregation of Reconciliation Keys
Mass activities with jobs running in parallel, in which documents are posted, use a
separate reconciliation key for each job. As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP
ERP 6.0, you can aggregate these reconciliation keys under a single reconciliation key
(aggregation key) before the transfer to general ledger accounting. As a result, you
transfer only the totals records of the aggregation key. This enables you to reduce the
number of posting items in the general ledger.
You have two options. You can set up automatic aggregation in Customizing that is
then applied when the mass activity is run. Or you can request a manual aggregation
after the mass activity is run. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Document ->
Reconciliation Key -> Aggregate.
Reconciliation Between Open Items and G/L
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can link the reconciliation
report RFKKOP10 to the SAP Solution Manager to be able to monitor the status of the
reconciliation with the general ledger there (see SAP Easy Access screen: Periodic
Processing -> Forward Postings -> Reconciliation -> Reconcile Open Items) .
Integration with SAP Credit Management: Web Services Reliable Messaging
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can use Contract Accounts
Receivable and Payable and SAP Credit Management in a single or multiple system
landscape without an XI server. This means that you can connect an instance of
Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable directly with SAP Credit Management
without using an XI server. Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable and SAP Credit
Management can be running in the same system or in separate systems.
The prerequisite for this is as follows: You have installed enhancement package 5 for
both Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable and SAP Credit Management, and
you activated the business function FSCM Functions 3 (FIN_FSCM_CCD_3).
Activating a business function in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable is not a
requirement.
You set up the connection between SAP Credit Management and Contract Accounts
Receivable and Payable by configuring the appropriate endpoints and logical ports in
SOA Manager.
Message exchange takes place using Web Services Reliable Messaging (WS-RM),
which guarantees the transfer of messages and monitors the correct sequence of
incoming messages.
Integration with SAP Credit Management: Transferring Key Figures of Contract
Accounts Receivable and Payable
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can use the asynchronous
service CreditPaymentBehaviourSummaryNotification_Out to transfer key figures from
Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable to SAP Credit Management. Up to now,
this service was sent using the mass activity Transfer Credit Data (on the SAP Easy
Access screen, choose Periodic Processing -> Forward Data to SAP Credit
Management). However, the system also fills the PropertyValuation of the service, in
which the characteristics of the individual key figures are filled. You define in
Customizing which key figures you want to transfer.
The Transfer Credit Data mass activity now also transfers business partners who
have negative payment behavior. In event 4511 you can specify the time period in
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 33 of 222
which business partners are transferred.
The system can calculate the following standard key figures and transfer them to SAP
Credit Management:
o Open items
o Payment methods
o Payments
o Collections
o Dunning notices
o Days Sales Outstanding (DSO)
o Promises to pay
o Returns
o Deferrals and installment plans
o Write-offs
You can add your own data to these standard key figures in event 4509.
In addition, in event 4510 you can also define your own key figures, fill them, and then
send them along with the standard key figures using the PropertyValuation of the
service to SAP Credit Management.
In SAP Credit Management there is a new synchronous service
CreditManagementAccountERPPaymentBehaviourSummaryByDebtorPartyQueryResp
onse_In. This service also contains the PropertyValuation. If the service calls Contract
Accounts Receivable and Payable from SAP Credit Management, then the system
calculates the key figures to be transferred.
Integration with SAP Credit Management: Compare Creditworthiness
If monthly credit weighting was specified in Customizing for Contract Accounts
Receivable and Payable, and the credit score of the business partner changes, this
information does not arrive automatically in SAP Credit Management. Therefore, the
credit score of the business partner changes over time in Contract Accounts
Receivable and Payable, but the business partner does not receive a new
creditworthiness entry in SAP Credit Management. As of SAP enhancement package 5
for SAP ERP 6.0, using the mass activity Compare Score with Last Replication, you
can identify business partners whose credit score has changed since the last
replication in SAP Credit Management (on the SAP Easy Access screen: Periodic
Processing -> Forward Data to SAP Credit Management -> Compare Credit
Score). The mass activity identifies the business partners for which you have to
transfer data again. The actual transfer is made (as before) using the mass activity
Replication of Score (see SAP Easy Access screen: Periodic Processing ->
Forward Data to SAP Credit Management -> Replicate Creditworthiness).
Integration with Funds Management
If you use the fund as a balancing unit in the general ledger, then event 0032 no longer
generates zero balance items in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable. Instead,
the system generates the zero balance items for each fund; this is done directly in the
general ledger when the postings are transferred from Contract Accounts Receivable
and Payable to the general ledger.
Effects on Customizing
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 34 of 222
Transfer to General Ledger Accounting: Aggregation of Reconciliation Keys
If you want the system to perform aggregation automatically when a mass activity is
run, then enter the necessary reservation objects in Customizing for Contract
Accounts Receivable and Payable under Integration -> General Ledger Accounting -
> Specify Aggregation of Reconciliation Keys.
Integration with SAP Credit Management: Transferring Key Figures from Contract
Accounts Receivable and Payable
You make settings for transferring key figures from Contract Accounts Receivable and
Payable to SAP Credit Management in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable
under Integration -> Financial Supply Chain Management -> Credit Management -
> Key Figures in the following activities:
o Key Figures for Transfer to Credit Management
o Define Specifications for Key Figures for Credit Management
o Specify Evaluation Period for Key Figures
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 35 of 222
Mass Activities
Use
Deletion of specific data of a mass activity
You can access program RFKK_MASS_ACT_PARAMETER_DELETE on the SAP
Easy Access screen under Periodic Processing -> Administration of Mass
Processing -> Delete Parameter Records. This program deletes only entries from the
following tables of the framework of mass activities:
o FKKDIHDTMP
o FKKDIPOTMP
o FKKDIPOTMPCOUNT
o FKKDIJOB
o FKKDISTOP
o RFDT
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can also delete additional
data when you delete parameter records by defining event 1792 accordingly.
Select the appropriate indicator on the initial screen to ensure that event 1792 is
processed in program RFKK_MASS_ACT_PARAMETER_DELETE.
Effects on Customizing
You define installation-specific function modules in Customizing for Contract Accounts
Receivable and Payable under Program Enhancements -> Define Customer-Specific Function Modules .
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 36 of 222
Postings and Documents
Use
Horizontal Scrolling in Open Item Processing
You can create display variants in Customizing to be used for open item processing,
such as, in account maintenance or in making payment assignments.
A display area, which is variable to a limited extent, is available for the fields belonging
to a display variant. The status column forms the boundary on the left side; on the right
side, the boundary is formed by the columns for the amount fields, which should always
be visible on the screen. For display variants with many fields, therefore, the width of
the variable area may not be sufficient, so that not all fields are displayed.
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can scroll horizontally
through the fields of the display variant within the variable display area. To activate
horizontal scrolling, choose the Change Display pushbutton. In the dialog box, there
are two parameters for horizontal scrolling:
o You can use the first parameter to activate the function. Once the function is
active, new pushbuttons for horizontal scrolling appear on the screen on the right
side above the item list.
o Using the second parameter, you can specify how many columns of the display
variant remain fixed when you scroll. You can thereby ensure that important
information is always displayed, and is not hidden by horizontal scrolling.
Example
Your display variant begins with a document number followed by other fields. During
horizontal scrolling, you want the column with the document number to remain fixed
and always be visible. Therefore, you enter the value 1 in the Fixed Columns field.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 37 of 222
Transferring Items and Requests (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can use a new program in
Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable for transferring open business partner
items and requests at the same time. You can access this new program in the area
menu for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Account -> Transfer Items
and Requests.
If you only want to transfer open business partner items, this program offers the same
functions as the existing program for transferring open items that you can access from
the SAP Easy Access screen under Account -> Transfer Items. Both programs use the
same Customizing settings and the same limitations apply to both programs.
The following applies if you transfer requests that are not yet closed: then the program
sets the status Transferred and Deleted for all selected requests, standing requests,
and general requests, and generates a new request of the same type. In doing so, the
program replaces the source master data (business partner, contract account, and
contract) with the target master data. The program copies all other posting information
from the source request. The program adjusts the execution dates of the new standing
requests so that only due dates are considered for which no documents have been
generated yet. When you have transferred requests, the programs for editing requests
display the number of the transfer request or the transferred request.
Effects on Customizing
To document the reasons for the transfer, you can enter transfer reasons in
Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable. There you can also
define specifications and default values to automate the creation of transfer documents.
You make these settings in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and
Payable under Business Transactions -> Transfers.
See also
For more information, see the SAP Library for SAP ERP on the SAP Help Portal under
http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central
Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component. Search there
for Transfer of Open Items and Requests.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 38 of 222
Enhanced Consistency Checks for Documents (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can use an enhanced
consistency check for documents in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable.
Using the new functions of the enhanced consistency check, you can find documents
that have certain inconsistencies. We recommend that you use the enhanced
consistency check when you use your own customer programs. The report analyzes
inconsistencies that typically arise when customer programs are used that change
records in the document table DFKKOP, if processes also run at the same time that
generate clearings or clearing resets.
You can use the new functions to analyze the inconsistent documents. The system
gives information about what the correct status of the data should be.
You can access the new transactions described below from the SAP Easy Access
screen by choosing Periodic Processing -> Enhanced Consistency Checks.
o Execute Check Run
You can use this transaction to check the consistency of documents. The
program runs in the background, analyzes the selected documents, and finds
inconsistencies.
o Edit Check Results
You use this transaction to run the consistency check in dialog mode. Check the
selected documents with the Check Documents function. The system displays
the check results. You can analyze documents with errors in the worklist using
the Analyze Document function.
o Edit Check History
If you ran the consistency check of the documents using background processing,
you can analyze the results showing the documents with errors with this
transaction. To do so, choose the Details on Document function for a document
in the worklist of incorrect documents. The system displays the error details and
the way the document should look correctly to assist you in correcting the
incorrect document.
o Delete Worklist Check Run
If the enhanced consistency check is active, when documents are posted, the
system updates the worklist (trigger table DFKK_SG_TRIG) with the documents
that are to be checked (that is, documents that cause clearing or reset clearing).
When you activate the enhanced consistency check you define a residence time
for the trigger table. If the residence time of the worklist has been exceeded, you
can delete the table using this transaction.
Effects on Customizing
You activate the enhanced consistency check in Customizing for Contract Accounts
Receivable and Payable under Technical Settings -> Activate Enhanced
Consistency Checks.
You can also activate the enhanced consistency checks from the SAP Easy Access
screen by choosing Settings -> Current Settings -> Activate Enhanced
Consistency Check.
SAP delivers the enhanced consistency check as inactive.
Note that you first have to activate the enhanced consistency check in order to be able
to analyze documents using the functions of the enhanced consistency check. If you
activate the enhanced consistency check at a given point in time, you cannot use the
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 39 of 222
new functions to analyze old documents that are older than that point in time.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 40 of 222
Connection of Schedule Manager in FI-CA
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can now also schedule the
following programs, periodically executed using the program RFKK_MA_SCHEDULER
(Schedule Mass Activities), using the Schedule Manager. (On the SAP Easy
Access screen, choose Periodic Processing -> Administration of Mass
Processing).
Technical Names Name
RFKKABS10 Display for Posting Totals
RFKKCO20 Check CO-PA Documents
RFKKBELJ00 Document Journal
RFKKOP20P Reconciliation Between Open Items
and General Ledger (Parallel)
RFKKCFUPD Data Transfer to Cash Management
RFKKZSTF Assign New Reconciliation Key to
Payment Lot
RFKKRSTF Assign New Reconciliation Key to
Returns Lot
RFKKOP10 Reconciliation Between Open Items
and G/L
RFKKABS6 Display for General Ledger Transfer
RFKKGL20 Check General Ledger Documents
RFKKGL30 Itemization for G/L Documents from
FI-CA
RFKKABS5 Check Transfer Status of
Reconciliation Key
RFKKJOURNAL Account Assignment Statement for
Single Documents
RFKKOP04 Item List
RFKKABS30 Itemization for Posting Totals
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 41 of 222
Subapplication in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, by activating a subapplication,
you can control the use of the Reference Specifications from Contract field
individually for each industry. This means that the Contract field can thereby relate to
different contract master data in each subapplication.
The standard value for the subapplication is SPACE.
Up to now, a subapplication was already available in the industry component Public
Sector Contract Accounting for real estate contracts of Flexible Real Estate
Management (RE-FX).
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, a subapplication for contracts of
Sales and Distribution (SD) is available for the industry component Utilities.
You can use the number of the SD contract as a selection criterion in the transactions
for processing incoming payments (such as, payment lot, cash desk). To do this,
proceed as follows:
1. Define a selection category "SD Contract" in Customizing for Contract Accounts
Receivable and Payable under Basic Functions -> Open Item Management ->
Specify Selection Categories.
2. Enter the field name VBELN.
3. Set the indicator to designate the selection category as an external selection
criterion.
4. Enter function module FKK_SAMPLE_0210_VTREFSUBAPC for event 0210.
Effects on Customizing
You activate the subapplication in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and
Payable under Basic Functions -> Activate Subapplication.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 42 of 222
Update of External Tax Systems (New)
Use
Parallel Tax Update for External Tax Systems
In the U.S.A., external tax systems, such as VERTEX, TAXWARE, SABRIX, are
frequently used for calculating taxes and for recording tax data for later tax reporting.
Up to now, the relevant tax data was updated in FI-CA using report RFYTXF00 or
RFYTXU00. Using these reports, it is not possible to update the external tax systems
by means of parallel processing.
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can now update the external
tax systems using a mass activity and thereby make use of parallel processing. Parallel
processing assists in speeding up the update.
After you have activated this new tax update variant in Customizing, you can call the
mass activity from the SAP Easy Access screen under Periodic Processing ->
Transfer Tax Data -> Update External Tax Systems.
Effects on Customizing
To activate the parallel update of external tax systems, in Customizing for Contract
Accounts Receivable and Payable, choose Basic Functions -> Postings and
Documents -> Basic Settings -> Maintain Central Posting Settings.
On the screen that appears, select the Parallel Tax Update for U.S.A. checkbox. Also
see the documentation (F1 help) for this field, which contains additional technical
information.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 43 of 222
Withholding Tax (New)
Use
Withholding Tax: Posting with Invoice
Vendor withholding tax is tax that is deducted when a company pays a business
partner. For this type of tax, it was previously only possible to agree that the posting
was made at the time of the payment.
When this was done, the system identified the gross amount (including the withholding
tax) as a liability. When the liability was paid, the system deducted the withholding tax
from the payment amount, and posted the withholding tax to an account for withholding
tax to be paid.
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can already post the
withholding at the time you post the vendor invoice.
The Posting Specifications
In the most simple example - without withholding tax - the posting of a liability would
look as follows:
80.00 Liability to business partner (open item)
80.00 Expense
If we now consider 25 percent withholding tax, which we want to post directly with the
invoice, the document would look as follows:
80.00 Liability to business partner, split into
... 60.00 open subitem
... 20.00 subitem, immediately cleared
[ 20.00] Clearing item for withholding tax amount
80.00 Expense
20.00 Withholding tax to be paid
There is an immediate partial clearing of the liability item in the amount of the withheld
tax; to offset this, the system posts the withholding tax to be paid.
In the subitem that is immediately cleared, the system enters the subitem’s own
document number, with the clearing reason Withholding Tax Deduction at Time of
Invoicing.
The system supports the posting of withholding tax with the invoice even if several
amounts need to be deducted by means of withholding tax supplements. This applies
even if these supplements are variable, meaning that amounts or percentages can be
entered directly in the line item. In these cases, the document display shows the detail
data for the withholding tax supplements next to the immediately cleared subitem.
Withholding Tax: Posting Partially with the Invoice and Partially at Payment
You can also post the withholding tax and withholding tax supplements at different
points in time. For each combination of a withholding tax code and withholding tax
supplement, you can specify when the posting for the withholding tax supplement
should take place:
o At the same time as the posting of the withholding tax (standard setting)
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 44 of 222
o Always at the time of the invoice
o Always at the time of the payment
Effects on Customizing
You can make all the necessary settings for withholding tax in Customizing for
Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Basic Functions ->
Withholding Tax.
To specify for a withholding tax indicator that posting should take place at the time of
invoicing, choose the Enter Additional Specifications for Vendor Withholding Tax
IMG activity.
Note that the setting Posting with Invoice for vendor withholding tax takes
precedence over the general setting Posting with Payment that you can choose when
defining the withholding tax code. The general setting Posting with Payment is then
valid only for customer withholding tax, that is, the withholding tax that your customers
can withhold when making payments to you.
If you want to specify that a withholding tax supplement for a withholding tax code is
posted at a different time, then process the Define Allowed Entries for Withholding
Tax Supplements IMG activity.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 45 of 222
Telecommunications Tax (New)
Use
Telecommunications Tax in Telecommunications Industry in the U.S.A. and Canada
The components SAP Convergent Charging (SAP CC) and SAP Convergent Invoicing
(SAP CI) process services in the area of telecommunications (such as telephone calls
and SMS) through to the invoicing of the customer.
SAP Convergent Charging performs the task of pricing individual services and
determining the invoice recipient; SAP Convergent Invoicing performs the tasks of
summarizing the priced services in invoices that are sent to customers, along with the
posting of these invoices in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable. The two
components run in separate systems.
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, SAP Convergent Charging and
SAP Convergent Invoicing support the calculation and reporting of telecommunications
tax by external tax systems in the U.S.A.
The external tax system is integrated with SAP Convergent Charging. The first tax
calculation for a transaction (such as, a phone call or SMS) normally takes place in the
external system in order to determine the gross price for the transaction.
A new tax calculation is made within SAP Convergent Invoicing; after the posting
document is generated for invoicing, the data is updated to the external tax system. To
do this, SAP Convergent Invoicing calls functions of SAP Convergent Charging that are
especially for calculating and managing tax data. In the standard system there is no
direct interface between SAP Convergent Invoicing and the external system for
telecommunications tax. Implicitly, the tax software is used that is also used by SAP
Convergent Charging.
The basic data for the tax calculation includes the base amount, the type of
communication service, the tax date, and various location codes (such as, the
originating address of the phone call, the target address, and the address of the invoice
recipient). This basic data is transferred by SAP Convergent Charging to SAP
Convergent Invoicing as attributes of billable items. To make this possible, you have to
make sure that the necessary fields are available when you configure the billable items.
(For more information see the Effects on Customizing section.)
Tax Data in the Posting Document
The posting document of Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable stores both the
starting data for the tax calculation (tax base items) and the tax data itself (tax items).
You can display these items in the document display.
The document items that are used for posting the tax amounts to the general ledger
differ in the following ways from document items for taxes on sales/purchases or for
sales and use tax (in the U.S.A.):
o Since an invoice can contain a large number of telephone calls and SMS that are
all taxed differently, there is a potentially high number of tax items. However, you
want to avoid a correspondingly high number of posting items. Therefore the
system determines only the G/L account to be posted and the tax code to be
used from Customizing. The amounts of all tax items, for which the same G/L
account and tax code were derived, are added up and comprise only one posting
item. In the simplest case, this could mean that hundreds of tax items are
represented by one posting item.
o The system recognizes the posting item itself as a tax posting for
telecommunications tax based on an internal indicator; the KTOSL field in the
document item receives the value UCT. The tax code is not a tax code for
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 46 of 222
sales/purchases; instead it is an other tax code that is designated in
Customizing for telecommunications tax. In the document item, therefore, the
field MWSKZ is not set; instead the field STRKZ is set.
For the posted G/L account, this means that you are not allowed to make any
setting in the master record for the tax category. The tax category always relates
to tax on sales/purchases or sales and use tax, but not to telecommunications
tax. In the same way, you have to either set the posted receivables and revenue
accounts as not tax relevant or set the Posting Without Tax Allowed indicator.
o Since the posting items for telecommunications tax contain totaled amounts that
are based on different base amounts and different tax rates, it is not possible to
enter a meaningful base amount or tax rate in these posting items. In order to
nonetheless make it possible to check the correctness of the tax posting, each
tax item is linked to the posting item into which its amount flows.
o As long as telecommunications tax was calculated for business partner items
(receivables, payables) of a document in Contract Accounts Receivable and
Payable, then the Other Tax Code indicator is set in these items. If all document
items with which taxes were posted have the same tax code, then the tax code is
also inherited by the related business partner items. If there are different other
tax codes then the value ** is set in the business partner item. The Other Tax
Code indicator is always set automatically in the business partner item in the
case of telecommunications tax. If there were other initially set values, these are
overwritten by this automatic function.
o No other tax code is entered in revenue items.
Archiving of Tax Data of Accounting Documents
Documents with telecommunications tax normally contain considerably more tax base
items and tax items than posting items. The tax base items and tax items are not
needed except for the document display and for some selected follow-on postings,
such as reversal or write-off. Therefore it makes sense to archive these items earlier
than the remaining document data.
For this reason, the tax base items and tax items are managed using a separate
archiving object. The technical name is FI_MKKUSTX. If necessary, the items
belonging to a document can also be read from the archive, so that early archiving
does not represent a functional limitation.
Updating the External Tax System
When a document is posted in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable that
contains telecommunications tax, the tax data is updated at the same time to the
external tax system. SAP Convergent Invoicing uses a Remote Function Call (RFC) to
call a function in SAP Convergent Charging. If problems arise - for example because
the Convergent Charging system is temporarily unavailable - then the document is
parked for updating later to the external tax system. You can process the parked
documents later using the report RFKK_COMMTAX_UPD. We recommend that you
run the report at least once a day.
Effects on Special Postings
There are special considerations for documents that contain tax items for
telecommunications tax in regard to certain posting transactions:
Reversal
During reversal the tax information is inherited from the document being reversed. The
system reverses the plus/minus sign of the amounts and reports the resulting data to
the external system.
Write-off
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 47 of 222
When writing off receivables, you have the option of correcting the taxes in a manner
corresponding to the amount written off. If tax on sales/purchases or sales and use tax
was posted, it is known how much tax was due on which receivables item. If
telecommunications tax arose, and the document contains multiple receivables items,
then it is no longer possible to determine which tax amount originated from which
receivables item. If you write off only part of an invoicing document, therefore, the tax
arising for it is calculated in a routine that you have to make available especially for
your installation. In Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable you can use event
0415 for determining partial tax amounts. SAP provides only a sample for this.
Transfer
If telecommunications tax was posted, it is currently not possible to transfer business
partner items to other contract accounts; this is because it is not possible to ensure the
correct tax handling of a following write-off or a following reversal.
Special Issues When Using SAP Convergent Invoicing Without SAP Convergent
Charging
If you are not using SAP Convergent Charging as the feeder system for SAP
Convergent Invoicing, then the functions for calculating taxes and updating an external
tax system are not available in the form described above. In that case, you have to
program your own installation-specific link between the external tax system and SAP
Convergent Invoicing. You need a function for calculating the taxes and another
function for reporting the posting of taxes to the external system. To implement these
functions you can use the events 0414 (calculation of taxes) and 0413 (updating of
external tax system). You have to create the appropriate function modules for these
events and register them in Customizing.
Effects on Customizing
Preparing Billable Items for Telecommunications Tax
When you are using SAP Convergent Invoicing, billable items form the most important
basis for the creation of billing documents, which in turn then form the basis for the
invoices that are created for customers.
Billable items contain the data that is required for calculating the amount of the
receivable and taxes, along with additional data for creating the posting items or
printing the invoice.
The actual data that is involved depends primarily on your business processes and how
you set them up. Therefore, you configure the structure of your billable items in your
Customizing system as best suits your needs. To assist you, SAP provides
preconfigured data blocks that are called interface components. Each interface
component contains at least one data field, but generally contains a number of fields
that logically belong together. For the data that has to be transferred in billable items
for telecommunications tax, we provide the interface component Basic Data for
Telecommunications Tax (U.S.A.) with the technical name USCOMMTAX. You have
to select this interface component when you configure the structure for billable items.
In Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Integration ->
Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Maintain Billable Item
Classes, you specify for each billable item class which interface components are linked
to it.
Preparing Tax Postings
To be able to generate posting items from the tax items that represent the calculated
taxes, you have to derive a G/L account and a tax code for each tax item.
The tax code provides information only. It appears in the document display and
optionally also in certain lists and reports. It is sufficient to define a single tax code for
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 48 of 222
telecommunications tax. Only if you want to separate posting items for taxes according
to certain criteria, although the same G/L account is posted, do you then have to create
several tax codes for this purpose.
You specify the tax codes in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and
Payable under Basic Functions -> Telecommunications Tax -> Define Tax Code
for Telecommunications Tax. You create the tax codes as other tax codes. You can
potentially use these other tax codes for other purposes than for telecommunications
tax. Therefore it is important that you set the Telecommunications Tax attribute for
the tax codes you create here.
Whether you need one or more G/L accounts for posting telecommunications tax
depends on the accounting principles you use and your own internal guidelines. Before
you perform the next Customizing steps, you have to first clarify which G/L accounts
you need and when which account should be posted.
The system derives the G/L account to be posted and the tax code for each tax item. In
doing so, the system can use the following attributes of a tax item to make a direct
derivation:
o Company code
o Tax type
o Tax level
In addition, you have the option of deriving two additional characteristics for each tax
item; these can also be used for account determination and for determining the tax
code. To derive the additional attributes Tax Characteristic 1/2, you have to write an
appropriate function module and register it at event 0410.
Example
The tax item contains the Tax Type field. The technical name is
DFKKOPUSTAXOUT00-TXTYP. This field can have numerous different values. If you
divide the tax types into two or three groups, so that the same G/L account can be
assigned for each group, then you have the following options:
o You can make an entry in Customizing for each tax type. Then numerous entries
point to the same G/L account.
o Using event 0410, you can assign a group to each tax item based on its tax type.
For example you can assign group G1 to tax type 000000 - 000100 and group
G2 to 000101 - 999999. The key of the group is then returned as Tax
Characteristic 1. In Customizing in this example you then only have to make
two entries - one for Tax Characteristic 1 = G1 and one for Tax Characteristic 1 =
G2.
To register a function module for event 0410, in Customizing for Contract Accounts
Receivable and Payable choose Program Enhancements -> Define Customer-
Specific Function Modules.
You define the derivation of the G/L account and the tax code in Customizing for
Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Basic Functions ->
Telecommunications Taxes-> Define Account Assignments for Posting
Telecommunications Tax. First use the key selection to specify which characteristics
you want to use for the derivation.
Technical settings
You can make technical settings for saving the tax data. In Customizing for Contract
Accounts Receivable and Payable, choose Basic Functions -> Telecommunications
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 49 of 222
Taxes -> Make Technical Settings for Data Storage.
To be able to calculate telecommunications tax from SAP Convergent Invoicing, and to
update tax data in an external system, SAP Convergent Invoicing calls functions of
SAP Convergent Charging using RFC. To make this possible, you have to set up the
necessary RFC destinations as TCP/IP connections in your live system. (On the SAP
Easy Access screen, choose Tools -> Administration -> Administration -> Network
-> RFC Destinations). In the application menu of your live system, you then specify
which RFC destinations are to be used for tax calculation and tax updates (see SAP
menu: Settings -> Technical Settings).
SAP Convergent Invoicing Without SAP Convergent Charging
Without SAP Convergent Charging, no functions for tax calculation and updating an
external tax system are initially available in SAP Convergent Invoicing. This means that
you have to program the functions yourself for your installation. To do so, create
function modules for the events 0413 and 0414 and register them in Customizing for
Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Program Enhancements -> Define
Customer-Specific Function Modules.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 50 of 222
Enterprise Services (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can access new enterprise
services as XI interfaces in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable.
The Enterprise Service Repository contains the following XI interfaces for software
component FI-CA under FI-CA 605 -> http://sap.com/xi/FICA/Global -> Service
Interfaces:
Cash Point
CashPointClosingDocumentERPCancelNotification_In
The Enterprise Service Repository contains the following XI interfaces for software
component FI-CA under FI-CA 605 -> http://sap.com/xi/FICA/Global2 -> Service
Interfaces:
Promise to Pay
PromiseToPayERPAllowedProfileByDebtorPartyQueryResponse_In
o PromiseToPayProposalERPCreateRequestConfirmation_In
o PromiseToPayProposalERPByIDQueryResponse_In
o PromiseToPayERPCreateRequestConfirmation_In
o PromiseToPayERPByIDQueryResponse_In
Changed Interfaces
The following services can now exchange messages using Web Services Reliable
Messaging (WS-RM):
CashPointDepositERPNotification_In
o CashPointDepositERPCancellationNotification_In
o CashPointWithdrawalERPNotification_In
o CashPointWithdrawalERPCancellationNotification_In
o CashPointDifferenceERPNotification_In
o CashPointDifferenceERPCancellationNotification_In
o CashPointClosingDocumentERPCancelNotification_In
o CashPointPaymentCreateNotification_In
o CashPointPaymentReverseNotification_In
o CashPointClosingDocumentNotification_In
In the Enterprise Service Repository for software component FI-CA under FI-CA 605
-> http://sap.com/xi/FICA/Global2 -> Service Interfaces, the Tax Submission ID
was added to the following XI interfaces:
o ContractAccountERPSplitItemGroupByBusinessPartnerIDQueryResponse_
In
o ContractAccountDownPaymentRequestERPCreateRequestConfirmation_In
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 51 of 222
This enhancement is only relevant for you if you are using Public Sector Contract
Accounting with SAP enhancement package 5.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 52 of 222
Doubtful Items and Individual Value Adjustment
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can use additional accounts
with calculation type 08 when individual value adjustments are reset for the following
business processes:
o Reset due to a change to a value adjustment (reduction of the percentage of the
value adjustment or of the specified value adjustment amount) for an adjusted
receivable
o Reset due to sale of an adjusted receivable
o Reset due to reversal of an adjusted receivable
For more information on calculation types for individual value adjustments, see
this text.
Effects on Customizing
Calculation Types for Individual Value Adjustments
You can define the calculation type for individual value adjustment directly in
Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Business
Transactions -> Doubtful Items and Individual Value Adjustment -> Define Calculation Types for Individual Value Adjustments.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 53 of 222
Business Function Invoicing
FICAX_INV_1: Invoicing Enhancements, SD Integration (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can use the business
function Invoicing Enhancements, SD Integration (FICAX_INV_1).
Using this business function, you can process billing documents, which were created in
Sales and Distribution (SD), directly in invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and
Payable (FI-CA). In other words, you can process them without having to create FI-CA
sample documents. The SD billing documents are integrated in the invoicing document
for invoice display, and are posted in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable. You
can use all central functions of invoicing in FI-CA on the items that were created for the
SD billing documents.
There is a report you can use for reconciling FI-CA documents and SD billing
documents.
For more information, see the following release notes:
o Invoicing
o Billing Cycle
o Discount at Invoice Level
See also
For more information, see SAP Library under SAP ERP-> Business Functions (SAP
Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0) -> Business Functions in SAP ERP ->
Industry Business Function Sets -> SAP Contract Accounts Receivable and
Payable.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 54 of 222
Invoicing (New)
Use
Invoicing Function: Set Installment Plan to Due
To be able to take the total receivable of an installment plan into account in the final
invoice amount, until now you had to manually cancel the installment plan before
invoicing. As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can now use the
Set Installment Plan to Due invoicing function. Using this invoicing function, you can
have the system automatically set all installments of an installment plan, which are not
yet due at the time of invoicing, to have the same due date as the invoice.
In this way, you can, for example, set all receivables of an installment plan to have the
same due date as the final invoice when you create the final invoice.
Invoicing Function: Writing Off Receivables and Credits in Invoicing
You can write off amounts in invoicing, for example if it is clear that the business
partner will not be paying the amount, or if the costs of collection are greater than the
amount to be collected. You can also use this procedure to write off credits, if it is not
possible to pay them to the customer.
Definition of Billing Cycles
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can define billing cycles
in invoicing.
Discounts at Invoice Level
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can calculate discounts at the invoice level in invoicing.
Integration with Sales and Distribution (SD): Transfer of SD Billing Documents
Up to now, you could integrate Sales and Distribution (SD) with Contract Accounts
Receivable and Payable (FI-CA) by:
o Activating direct posting of SD billing documents in FI-CA based on the customer
account groups
o Transferring SD billing documents to invoicing of the industry component Utilities
(IS-U) or to invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable
This transfer is made using sample documents that are based on billing category
U (billing request) of the billing type.
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, the integration of Sales and
Distribution (SD) with Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable (FI-CA) has been
extended. You can now transfer billing documents directly to invoicing in Contract
Accounts Receivable and Payable. You activate this enhanced integration in
Customizing.
The transfer is based on both the customer account group and the billing type; the
accounting interface in Sales and Distribution (SD) is still processed during the transfer,
but no direct postings are made.
Instead of creating posting documents, the system generates special invoicing orders
that can be processed by Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable.
During invoicing, the system derives postings in FI-CA for the SD billing documents,
and – as necessary – clears down payments.
The enhanced integration also offers the following functions:
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 55 of 222
o You can print the invoicing order for an SD billing document together with the
invoicing orders of other source processes in one common invoice.
o You can use the central functions of Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable
on open items that were created in invoicing from SD billing documents.
That means that you can include open items arising from SD billing documents in
various processes of Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable: dunning,
interest calculation, and automatic and manual account maintenance. The
system treats open items that were created in Invoicing from SD billing
documents the same as all other open items of a contract account.
Integration with Sales and Distribution (SD): Reconciliation
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, a report is available for
reconciling FI-CA documents and SD billing documents, as part of the integration of
Contract Accounts Receivable with Sales and Distribution. On the SAP Easy Access
screen, choose Periodic Processing -> Reconciliation of Documents with Source
Data -> Reconciliation with SD Billing Documents.
The report determines the differences between SD billing documents and FI-CA
documents, and displays an overview of the SD billing documents and the print
documents and FI-CA documents generated from them.
Effects on Customizing
Integration with Sales and Distribution (SD): Transfer of SD Billing Documents
You make specifications for the transfer to invoicing in Customizing for Contract
Accounts Receivable and Payable under Integration -> Sales and Distribution ->
Define Posting to FI-CA for Customer Account Groups and under
Define Settings for Transfer to Invoicing. As an alternative, you can make
these settings in Customizing for Sales and Distribution under Billing -> Billing
Documents -> Integration with Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable (FI-
CA).
You make specifications for the derivation of controlling values from SD billing
documents in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under
Integration -> Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Transfer
of SD Billing Documents -> Derive Main/Sub-Transaction from SD Information and Derive Document Type from SD Billing Doc Data.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 56 of 222
Billing Cycle (New)
Use
Scheduling
The scheduling that is already available as of SAP enhancement package 4 for
SAP ERP 6.0 controls the time of execution of billing and invoicing. Scheduling serves
two purposes: it distributes the technical load on the system and also allows you to set
your own individual invoicing date.
The system derives the billing dates and invoicing dates from the contract
account. In Customizing, you define your rules for determining the target date under
technical keys. You then enter the key for the rule you want to use in the specific case
in the contract account.
For more information on scheduling, see this text.
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can now also use billing
periods at the contract account level in Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and
Payable. To do so, you enter a billing cycle in the contract account that specifies
the frequency of invoicing. You can combine the control of the billing period with
scheduling by synchronizing the dates of execution with the billing cycle. In this
way, for example, you can bill on a daily basis and run invoicing at the end of a period.
You make this setting at the level of the scheduling rule in Customizing.
In the selection control and grouping control for the billing process, you
specify if billable items from different periods (such as January and February) are
aggregated in one billing document or in separate billing documents. In addition, in the
selection control and grouping control for the invoicing process, you specify
if source documents from different periods (such as January and February) are
displayed in one invoice or in separate invoices.
To be able to periodically invoice contract accounts even if there are no source
documents to be invoiced in the system, you use a mass activity for generating
additional periodic source documents (invoicing orders). (On the SAP Easy Access
screen, choose Invoicing -> Parallel Processing -> Create Addit. Source
Documents for Periodic Invoicing). If you activate the invoicing function Invoice Additional Periodic Source Documents , then invoicing can process these
special source documents (invoicing orders). For more information on creating and
processing these source documents, see this text.
Effects on Customizing
Scheduling for Billing
You make system settings for scheduling in Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable
and Payable in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under
Integration -> Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Basic Data
-> Scheduling as follows:
o In the Define Scheduling activity, you define the technical key for scheduling.
Under this key, you define how further processing takes place.
o To synchronize scheduling with a billing cycle, you define a billing cycle in the
Define Billing Cycle activity; also define the control for determining the
frequency of the periods and for determining the billing period. You also specify if
these characteristics can be overwritten on an individual basis in the contract
account.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 57 of 222
o In the Enter Rules for Determining the Billing Date activity, you define the
rules for determining the target date for billing. In addition, you specify here if the
target date of billing should be synchronized with a billing cycle.
o In the Assign Rules for Determining the Billing Date activity, you define how
the system derives the rules for determining the billing date. This derivation takes
place at the minimum dependent on the scheduling key.
Scheduling for Invoicing
You make system settings for scheduling in Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable
and Payable in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under
Integration -> Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable ->
Invoicing -> Invoicing Processes -> Scheduling as follows:
o In the Define Scheduling activity, you define the key for scheduling. You specify
under this key how further processing takes place.
o If you want to synchronize scheduling with a billing cycle, you define a billing
cycle in the Define Billing Cycle activity; also define the control for determining
the frequency of the periods and for determining the billing period. You also
define if these characteristics can be overwritten on an individual basis in the
contract account.
o In the Enter Rules for Determining the Invoicing Date activity, you define the
rules for determining the target date for invoicing. In addition, you specify here if
the target date of invoicing should be synchronized with a billing cycle.
o In the Allocate Rules for Determination of Invoicing Date activity, you define
how the system derives the rules for determining the invoicing date. This
derivation takes place at the minimum dependent on the scheduling key.
You make system settings for creating additional periodic source documents in
Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Integration ->
Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Invoicing -> Invoicing
Processes -> Scheduling -> Additional Source Documents for Periodic Invoicing
as follows:
o In the Define Source Document Types for Additional Source Documents
activity, you define source document types for the additional source documents
for source document category CYCLE.
o In the Define Processing Rules for Source Document Types activity, you
define processing rules for the invoicing of these additional source documents.
You specify if invoicing or invoice printing should be suppressed provided that
there are either no further source documents to be invoiced or the invoicing
document does not have any items (zero amount invoice).
o In the Define Control for Additional Source Documents activity, you specify if
the system generates additional periodic source documents. You can make this
specification dependent on the invoicing type and the billing cycle.
o In the Maintain Number Ranges for Additional Source Documents activity,
you define the number range intervals for the generation of additional source
documents. The system determines the number range interval using a
randomness algorithm.
o You define the new invoicing function Invoice Additional Periodic Source
Documents in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable
under Integration -> Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable
-> Invoicing -> Invoicing Processes -> Define Invoicing Processes.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 58 of 222
o You activate the new invoicing function Invoice Additional Periodic Source
Documents in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable
under Integration -> Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable
-> Invoicing -> Invoicing Processes -> Define Invoicing Types.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 59 of 222
Discount at Invoice Level (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can use new enhancements
in Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable for applying charges and
discounts.
You can now apply charges and grant discounts on an individual contract basis in
Invoicing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable. You do so by entering charge
and discount keys in individual contract accounts.
By activating the new invoicing function Individual Charges and Discounts,
you can have the system calculate these charges or discounts on a base amount in
invoicing and post them in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable.
In addition, block discounts are now supported in invoicing. You can define
discounts in which the given base amount is discounted with a value that applies for the
given interval.
For determining the base amount to which the discount is applied, you can use a new
selection rule.
Effects on Customizing
You make system settings for applying charges and discounts in Invoicing in Contract
Accounts Receivable and Payable in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable
and Payable under Integration -> Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and
Payable -> Invoicing -> Invoicing Processes -> Additional Functions as follows:
o In the Define Keys for Charges and Discounts activity, you define charge and
discount keys and their validity. You also enter the calculation rules that you
want to use in invoicing for calculating charges and discounts.
o In the Assign Charge and Discount Keys activity, you specify which charges
and discounts are calculated in an invoicing process.
o In the Define Item Selection for Determining Base Amount for
Charges/Discounts activity, you specify which open items are selected for
calculating the base amount for determining charges and discounts.
You define the new invoicing function Individual Charges and Discounts in
Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Integration ->
Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Invoicing -> Invoicing
Processes -> Define Invoicing Processes.
You activate the new invoicing function Individual Charges and Discounts in
Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Integration ->
Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Invoicing -> Invoicing
Processes -> Define Invoicing Types.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 60 of 222
Business Function Contract Accounts A/R and A/P, 03
FICAX_INV_PP_1: Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable (FI-CA)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can use the business
function Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable (FI-CA)
(FICAX_INV_PP_1). You can use this business function to:
o Import billable items from various external systems to Billing in Contract
Accounts Receivable and Payable, where you can manage, process, and bill
these items
Using the billing process, you control how the system selects the billable items
and groups them into billing units. For each billing unit, the system creates a
billing document for further processing in Invoicing in Contract Accounts
Receivable and Payable. Using the grouping variant of the billing process, you
control the aggregation of billable items in billing document items.
o Integrate Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable with SAP
Convergent Charging
SAP Convergent Charging handles the pricing of services and determines the bill
recipient. Billing adopts the priced items in Contract Accounts Receivable and
Payable. During the course of further processing steps, Billing and Invoicing in
Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable generate the postings necessary for
creating a bill to the customer.
o Integrate Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable with SAP
Customer Relationship (CRM)
You can define one-off charges in CRM and transfer them as billable items to
Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable. You can bill these charges
in billing and then process them further in Invoicing in Contract Accounts
Receivable and Payable.
For more information, see the following release notes:
o Billing
o Integration with SAP Convergent Charging
o One-Off Charges
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on the SAP Help Portal under http://help.sap.com/erp ->
SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement
Package 5 -> Business Functions (SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP
6.0)-> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Industry Business Function Sets ->
SAP Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Billing in Contract Accounts
Receivable and Payable (FI-CA).
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 61 of 222
Billing (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can use new enhancements
in Billing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable. You can now import, bill, and
manage billable items from various external systems.
You can continue to use the existing processes in Billing in Contract Accounts
Receivable and Payable for EDR management and management of billing accounts.
The new billing process is completely compatible with the solution as delivered up to
now. However, to improve transparency, the structures for Customizing settings and
transactions in the SAP Easy Access menu for the solution have been changed, as
compared to their structure up to and including SAP enhancement package 4. The
previously existing functions now appear under the heading Billing-Account-Based
Billing.
Import and Management of Billable Items
The following functions are available for importing and managing billable items:
o Configuration of billable item classes
For the configuration of the interface for the data import, a billable item class describes the technical attributes of the billable items.
You define these attributes step-by-step in Customizing for Contract Accounts
Receivable and Payable under Integration ->Billing in Contract Accounts
Receivable and Payable -> Billable Item Classes -> Maintain Billable Item Classes.
o Generating interfaces for billable item classes
In Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable, you generate the
objects that are necessary for the data transfer and the storage of data for a
billable item class (under Integration -> Billing in Contract Accounts
Receivable and Payable -> Billable Item Classes -> Generate Interfaces for Billable Item Classes ). In addition to the generation itself and the log
of the generation, the system creates a generation history in this Customizing
activity. You can also display the generated objects.
o Saving billable items
By means of your configuration of the billable item class, you can have the
system store billed items and simulated billed items separately on the database.
To optimize data storage for billed items, you can define the data storage in
Customizing as time-dependent (under Integration -> Billing in Contract
Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Billable Item Management -> Make Settings for Data Storage).
By entering residence times, you can delete billed items in database tables that
are no longer used. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Invoicing ->
Delete Data -> Billed Items.
o Monitoring billable items
There are functions for monitoring billable items based on their status group.
On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Billing -> Monitoring.
In addition, you can change the status of individual billing transactions by
excepting billable items from processing, or by restoring them so they can be
processed.
You can display billed items. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Billing ->
Document Display -> Billing Document, and then choose the Source Data tab
page.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 62 of 222
The following sample reports assist you in transferring raw data into billable
items, as well as in creating test data for billable items:
- RFKKBIXBITSAMPLE (generation of test data)
- RFKKBIXBITUPLOADSAMPLEFILE (generation of a test file for
the transfer of billable items)
- RFKKBIXBITUPLOAD (transfer of billable items from a file)
To transfer raw data into billable items (for both test purposes and for
productive data), on the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Processing of Raw
Data.
Processing Billable Items
In billing, you bill the billable items of contract accounts.
The billing process controls billing by specifying the rules used for selecting
billable items and for automatically grouping them into billing units. For each billing
unit, the system creates a billing document with a new origin process 007 (Billing
in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable).
You invoice billing documents with origin process 007 (Billing in Contract Accounts
Receivable and Payable) later in Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and
Payable.
You can enter a grouping variant for the billing process. This grouping variant
allows you to decide how billable items are aggregated in the items of the billing
document during billing. The grouping characteristics of the grouping variant control the
aggregation of billable items into billing document items.
Using the system settings for scheduling, you can specify a target date for billing.
You enter rules for calculating the target date for billing in Customizing.
You can have the system execute billing automatically, or you can perform billing in
dialog mode (on the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Billing -> Automated Billing or
Billing in Dialog).
You can reverse billing documents. On the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Billing -
> Billing in Dialog -> Reverse Billing Document.
In addition, billing offers integration with SAP Convergent Charging , as
well as functions for processing one-off charges .
Effects on Customizing
You make system settings for Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable in
Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Integration ->
Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable in these activities:
o Billable Item Classes
You can make settings for generating the interface for the data import from
another system.
o Basic Data
You can enter settings that are globally valid for billing.
o Billable Item Management
You can make settings for data storage.
o Billable Item Transfer
You can enter specifications for deriving required account assignments.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 63 of 222
o Billing Processes
You can enter settings for how the system processes billable items in billing.
o Reversing Billing Documents
You can make settings for the reversal of billable items.
You can enter a residence time for billed items in Customizing for Contract Accounts
Receivable and Payable under Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and
Payable -> Archiving.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 64 of 222
Integration with SAP Convergent Charging (New)
Use
Integration with SAP Convergent Charging and SAP Customer Relationship
Management
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can use SAP Convergent
Invoicing with SAP Convergent Charging and/or SAP Customer Relationship
Management (SAP CRM). For the integration in each case you use the appropriate
following interface components that you have to activate during the configuration of
the given billable item class:
o SAP Convergent Charging
o CRM Order
Change Mode for Raw Data Monitor
In the raw data monitor you can now:
o Change individual field contents
o Change multiple field values for multiple items at the same time using a mass
change
For more information, see the documentation of the Analysis of Raw Data report.
In Customizing, you can define which fields can be changed.
Note
These functions are only available in the raw data monitor.
Processing Rules for Billable Items
A feeder system that determines charges and prices for billable items (such as SAP
Convergent Charging) sends these items to the ERP system. In the ERP system you
can now specify:
o If items with errors should also be imported to the ERP system
o Which status (raw data, billable) the imported items should receive in the ERP
system
For more information about the settings for this, see the documentation for the
processing rules.
Prevention of Multiple Transfer of Billable Items
To prevent the feeder system from sending billable items more than once to the ERP
system, you can define a unique secondary key for the affected tables in the
configuration of the billable item class.
Effects on Customizing
Integration with SAP Convergent Charging and SAP Customer Relationship
Management
You activate the interface components for this in Customizing for Contract Accounts
Receivable and Payable under Integration ->Billing in Contract Accounts
Receivable and Payable -> Billable Item Classes -> Maintain Billable Item Classes.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 65 of 222
Define Changeable Fields for Monitor
In Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Integration ->
Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Billable Item
Management -> Define Changeable Fields of Billable Items, you can
specify for each class and record type which fields can be changed.
Processing Rules for Billable Items
In Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Integration ->
Billing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable -> Billable Item
Management -> Define Processing Rules and Program Enhancements,
you can specify if items are added, and if they are, to which tables they are added.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 66 of 222
One-Off Charges (New)
Use
Transfer of one-off charges from SAP Customer Relationship Management (CRM) to
Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, you can:
o Define one-off charges in CRM
o Transfer one-off charges as billable items from the CRM system to Billing in
Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable in the ERP system, bill them, and
then process them further in Invoicing in Contract Accounts Receivable and
Payable
Effects on Customizing
You make system settings for transferring one-off charges in Contract Accounts
Receivable and Payable in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable
under Integration -> Customer Relationship Management- > Transfer of One-Off
Charges in these activities:
o Define Billable Item Classes
Here you enter billable item classes for billing one-off charges.
o Define Account Assignments
Here you enter account assignment derivations for one-off charges.
o Define Main Transactions and Subtransactions
Here you enter main and subtransactions for one-off charges.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 67 of 222
Business Function Local Close 2
FIN_ACC_LOCAL_CLOSE: Local Close 2 (New)
Use
From SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), the
business function Local Close 2 is available. You can use this business function in the
Closing Cockpit to optimize your workflows for closing operations. Additional
processing functions and an enhanced authorization concept simplify working with task
list templates and task lists, and allow these to be processed by users using different
authorizations. Additional organizational levels improve how organizational enterprise
structures are considered when you create task list templates and task lists.
Integration with SAP Central Process Scheduling by Redwood (CPS) and the
Workflow Monitor has been improved, enabling you to execute, process, and monitor
remote tasks and flow definitions within the Closing Cockpit itself. The transport
function has been enhanced for easier reconciliation between individual SAP systems.
The business function contains the following features:
Mass Changes and Filtering
o Filtering of tasks (Web application)
Filtering in the Web application now enables you to filter tasks in a task list by
additional criteria, such as the person responsible or the task status. You also
can use placeholders.
o Mass change for task attributes (Web application and ABAP environment)
In a task list template or a task list, you can simultaneously change certain
attributes for multiple tasks that you have selected. This can be useful, for
example, when you want to define a new responsible person or task processor
for several tasks.
o Mass change for task status (Web application and ABAP environment)
In a task list, you can manually change the status of multiple tasks at once, for
example, to enable processing of a successor task. You can enter a text for each
status change to describe the reason for the manual change. The status change
and the its text are displayed in the status overview.
Authorization Concept
o New transaction for creating task lists
A new transaction is available for creating task lists. This transaction can also be
run by users that have no authorization for processing task list templates. This
allows for the distinction between the authorization for processing task list
templates and the authorization for processing task lists.
o Authorization checks for task list templates
You can restrict the authorization for processing task list templates to individual
task list templates. The authorization is checked on the level of individual task list
templates.
Remote Tasks
o Scheduling of remote tasks
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 68 of 222
In the Closing Cockpit, you can delete scheduled remote tasks from a task list or
reschedule their execution at a different time. Access to SAP CPS is not
necessary.
o Display of remote task details
In the Closing Cockpit, you can display details for remote tasks in a task list,
without accessing SAP CPS. The detail display also shows status information for
remote tasks.
Workflow Monitor
The overall status of flow definitions embedded in a task list template or a task list is
displayed directly in the status overview of the Closing Cockpit. You also can go to the
Workflow Monitor to view the details of each step of a flow definition.
Organizational Levels
The standard delivery contains the new organizational levels Plant and Controlling
Area/Plant. You can use these levels if you want to define specific tasks at the plant
level for a closing process.
Factory Calendar
You can allocate different calendars to task list templates and task lists. When you do
this, the calendars at the folder level have a higher priority than those at the template
level. This simplifies task planning when individual tasks are run in different locations.
Transport of Task List Templates
In manual transports of task list templates to other systems, you can determine which
additional components (such as flow definitions or variants) should be transported with
the respective task list template. By default, the transports of task list templates include
the notes and Office documents of the individual tasks.
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal under http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP
ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package
5 -> Business Functions (SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0) ->
Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting
-> Local Close 2
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 69 of 222
Business Function FI, ES Sending Payment Advices
FIN_APAR_PAYMT_ADV: Business Function FI, ES Sending Payment Advices (new)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), the business
function FI, Enterprise Service for Sending Payment Advice Notes
(FIN_APAR_PAYMT_ADV) is available. You can use this business function to
automate the processing of payment advice notes by employing enterprise services
also for outgoing payment advice notes. For this purpose, the following new operation
is available in process component Payment Processing:
http://sap.com/xi/APPL/Global2/PaymentAdviceNotification_Out
Effects on Existing Data
The new fields Payment Advice by XML and E-Mail Address are available in
customer and vendor master records under the company code-dependent data. You
can use the following functions to edit the new fields:
o Dialog transactions for customers and vendors FD01, FD02, FD03, FK01, FK02,
and FK03
Other transactions for maintaining customer and vendor master data (such as
the transactions XD99 and XK99 or the SAP Retail transactions WB01, WB02,
and WB03) are not supported in the system. The fields also cannot be edited as
SAP business partner data; that is, they are not synchronized via the Customer-
Vendor Integration (CVI) within SAP Master Data Synchronization.
o Batch input for customers and vendors
o Processing of customers and vendors using the IDoc format
o Master data distribution of customers and vendors using batch input
If you distribute the master data across multiple systems or clients, make sure
that in the standard system the e-mail address of the general data is not
transferred.
o Approval of critical changes in customer and vendor master records
Effects on Data Transfer
Master data distribution via IDoc has new versions for the individual segments that
contain the new fields. Version 7 of the segment E1KNB1M has been created for IDoc
DEBMAS06 (customers). Version 6 of the segment E1LFB1M has been created for
IDoc CREMAS05 (vendors).
The batch input sessions for customers and vendors have been enhanced accordingly.
If you use batch input to distribute master data across multiple systems, make sure that
you take into consideration the constraint mentioned earlier about not transferring the
e-mail address in the standard system.
Effects on System Administration
You define the business partners for which you want to use enterprise services in the
company code data of the customer and vendor master records.
Effects on Customizing
In the following activities of Customizing for Accounts Receivable and Accounts
Payable, you define the field status that the new fields in the company code-dependent
data should have:
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 70 of 222
o Customer Accounts -> Master Data -> Preparations for Creating Customer
Master Data:
- Define Account Groups with Screen Layout (Customers)
- Define Screen Layout per Company Code (Customers)
- Define Screen Layout per Activity (Customers)
o Vendor Accounts -> Master Data -> Preparations for Creating Vendor
Master Data:
- Define Account Groups with Screen Layout (Vendors)
- Define Screen Layout per Company Code (Vendors)
- Define Screen Layout per Activity (Vendors) In each activity the new fields are located in the company code-dependent data
under Payment Transactions -> Payment Advice as XML File.
If required, in Customizing for Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable you can
declare the new fields as being sensitive for dual control:
o Customer Accounts -> Master Data -> Preparations for Creating Customer
Master Data -> Define Sensitive Fields for Dual Control (Customers)
o Vendor Accounts -> Master Data -> Preparations for Creating Vendor
Master Data -> Define Sensitive Fields for Dual Control (Vendors)
You can tailor the warning message that appears when you delete an e-mail address
that is still in use in Customizing for Cross-Application Components under Bank
Directory -> Change Message Control.
For more information about the configuration of SAP NetWeaver Process Integration,
see SAP Note 1348137.
See also
Business function description under http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
Business Functions (SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0) -> Business
Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting ->
Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable (FI-AP/AR) -> FI, Enterprise Service
for Sending Payment Advice Notes
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 71 of 222
Business Function CO, Parallel Valuation of Costs of Goods Manufactured
FIN_CO_COGM: Multiple Valuation of Cost of Goods Manufactured (New)
Use
As of SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), the CO,
Multiple Valuation of Cost of Good Manufactured (FIN_CO_COGM) business
function is available. With this business function you can valuate cost of good
manufactured using various accounting principles. The accounting principles determine
the valuation approaches.
o In Asset Accounting and in Cost Center Accounting
o For actual price determination, and
o For cost of goods manufactured and the inventory values
Effects on Existing Data
Asset Accounting and Cost Center Accounting
You can create an additional version in Controlling that transfers the data from a
second Depreciation Area for Asset Accounting to Cost Center Accounting. Version 0
continues to exist as the leading version, whereas the new version is managed as the
delta version (to be more specific, the delta actual version).
You can analyze costs in the standard reports for Cost Center Accounting by switching
between valuation view 0 (legal valuation) and valuation view 5 (parallel cost of
goods manufactured) in the selection screen of the report.
Price Determination
You continue to perform direct activity allocation (including order confirmation and time
recording) based on the planned price for the cost center and the activity type. The
activity quantities and also the planned prices are also recorded in the material ledger.
To take depreciation into account in both accounting principles, the prices in the
leading version and the delta version are calculated in parallel at the period end. You
can analyze the prices using Activity Type Price Report (transaction KSBT) by
selecting the leading version and the delta version once on the selection screen of the
report.
Cost of Goods Manufactured and Inventory Values
All of the material movements continue to be valuated using Standard Costs.
The material movements, invoices, and order settlements are also recorded in the
Material Ledger.
At the period end, you carry out a periodic costing run and an alternative valuation run:
o To calculate the cost of goods manufactured taking into account the prices in the
leading version, you carry out a periodic Costing Run.
o To calculate the cost of goods manufactured taking into account the prices in the
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 72 of 222
delta version, you carry out an alternative valuation run. The alternative valuation
run has to be indicated as the run for parallel cost of good manufactured, and
reference the delta version in its settings.
In each run you can analyze the results under the costing results. You can see the cost
center being credited in the relevant version in the Cost Center Accounting standard
reports.
If you want to report inventory values correctly according to the two accounting
principles, perform the closing entries from both runs in Financial Accounting.
Effects on Customizing
You can use the business function with both the new general ledger and when using
the conventional general ledger accounting, and you can work with both ledgers and
parallel accounts.
Setup
Check the accounting principles and also their assignment to ledger groups (in the
basic settings for Financial Accounting (New) under Define Accounting Principles
and Assign Accounting Principle to Ledger Groups).
I. Versions and Currency and Valuation Profile
Make the following Customizing settings for both the versions and for the currency and
valuation profile:
1. In Customizing for Controlling, make the settings for the versions under
General Controlling -> Organization -> Maintain Versions:
a) Check the settings in version 0 (leading version, for example, according to
IFRS)
b) Create an additional version for the alternative valuation according to local
law, and define for the relevant controlling areas that for this version the
parallel cost of goods manufactured valuation view is to be used. Here,
the general settings for using the version, the year-dependent parameters
on the controlling area and the settings in the results area are important.
2. In Customizing for Controlling check the settings in the currency and valuation
profile, and the settings for the material ledger under General Controlling ->
Multiple Valuation Approaches/Transfer Prices -> Basic Settings ->
Maintain Currency and Valuation Profile.
In the currency and valuation view, you define that in addition to the legal view
the parallel cost of goods manufactured valuation view is to be used. The
currency types for the company code currency and the group currency are used
for the new delta version. These currency types are not used operationally, but
are used simply to provide the delta version in Controlling with values.
II. Transfer of Depreciation to Controlling
To transfer depreciation to Controlling, make the following settings:
1. Create the link to Asset Accounting:
a) In Customizing for Financial Accounting (New), check the settings for
the transfer of depreciation to general ledger accounting under Asset
Accounting -> Integration with the General Ledger -> Define How
Depreciation Areas Post to General Ledger.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 73 of 222
b) Make sure that the correct account assignment object of Controlling are
posted (in Customizing of Financial Accounting (New) under Asset
Accounting -> Integration with the General Ledger -> Additional
Account Assignment Objects -> Specify Account Assignment Types
for Account Assignment Objects.
2. In Customizing for Controlling under Product Cost Controlling -> Actual
Costing/Material Ledger -> Multiple Valuation of Cost of Goods
Manufactured, make the following settings:
a) Check the transfer of depreciation for assets to Controlling under
Transfer Depreciation from Asset Accounting to Controlling
b) Make sure that the values from one depreciation area flow into the leading
version (version 0) and the values from a different depreciation area flow
into the delta version (the version you have created).
III. Calculating the Cost of Goods Manufactured and Closing Entries
You must have activated the enterprise extension EA-FIN in order to be able to work
with the alternative valuation run in the material ledger.
So that you can calculate the cost of goods manufactured in accordance with two
accounting principles, and can perform the closing entries, you have to make the
following Customizing settings:
1. Check the settings in Customizing of Controlling for the activity update and
credit of cost centers in the material ledger under Product Cost Controlling ->
Actual Costing/Material Ledger -> Actual Costing -> Activate Actual
Costing. Here you define that the activity update for the price determination in
the material ledger is taken into account, and that the cost centers are credited
either using the periodic costing run (transaction CKMLCP) or the alternative
valuation run (transaction CKMLCPAVR).
To explain: For the Actual Costing use the periodic costing run, and for the
alternative valuation use the alternative valuation run.
2. In Customizing for Controlling under Product Cost Controlling -> Actual
Costing/Material Ledger -> Multiple Valuation of Cost of Goods
Manufactured, make the following settings:
a) Define in the material ledger those accounting principles for which you
want to perform closing entries under Transfer Closing Entries from
Material Ledger to Controlling.
Here you can specify, for example, that the prices of the leading version
are included in the periodic costing run (transaction CKMLCP) and the
prices of the delta version included in the alternative valuation run
(transaction CKMLCPAVR). You specify in addition that the closing entries
from the periodic costing run should flow into the accounting principle for
IFRS, and the closing entries from the alternative valuation flow into the
local accounting principle.
b) If you are working in general ledger accounting with the account solution,
you specify which accounts are to be posted to under Define Alternative
Accounts for Material Ledger Postings.
Note: As an alternative to this Customizing activity, Business Add-In BAdI:
Exchange of Accounts According to Accounting Principle is available.
See also
For more information, see the following sections in the SAP Library:
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 74 of 222
o The business function documentation under Business Functions
(Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0) -> Business Functions in SAP
ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting.
o The application documentation under SAP ERP Central Component ->
Accounting -> Controlling (CO) -> Product Cost Controlling (CO-PC) ->
Actual Costing/Material Ledger (CO-PC-ACT).
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 75 of 222
Business Function FI, Integration with CRM Funds Management for Marketing
FIN_CRM_MKT_INTGR_MAP: Mppng ERP Cst elmts to Exp. tps frm CRM Fds Mgmt.
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, the business function
Integration with CRM Funds Management for Marketing (FIN_CRM_MKT_INTGR) is
available.
With this business function, you can map cost elements available in ERP with expense
types from CRM Funds Management using a Customizing table. This will enable you
to:
o More closely track budgets and how they are being consumed by marketing
campaigns
o Easily reallocate/transfer money between funds to flexibly react to market
situations
o Increase the visibility and accountability around marketing funds
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 76 of 222
Business Function Average Daily Balance
FIN_GL_ADB: Average Daily Balance (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL_605), the system
contains the Average Daily Balance business function. You can use this business
function to calculate the average balance of an amount for a given time period.
For more information, see the following release information:
BI Content for Error Correction and Suspense Accounting, and Average Daily Balance
under BI Content -> Financials -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger Accounting.
Effects on Existing Data
The Average Daily Balance business function has been added to the area menu. You
can find it under:
o Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Statistical Key Figures
-> Average Daily Balance
o Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Information System -
>General Ledger Reports ->Account Balances -> General -> Average Daily
Balance
o Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Information System -
>General Ledger Reports (New) ->Account Balances -> General -> Average
Daily Balance
The Average Daily Balance business function contains the following transactions:
o Calculate Key Figures
o Correct Monthly Average Balances
o Calculate Monthly Averages
o Move and Merge
o Move and Merge, and Recalculate Average Balances
Effects on Customizing
You can find the Customizing for Average Daily Balance under Financial
Accounting/Financial Accounting (New) -> Special Purpose Ledger -> Basic Settings ->
Master Data -> Ledger -> Average Daily Balance.
To be able to use the function effectively, you have to enter settings in Customizing
under Edit Settings for Ledgers and Assign Document Types to Applications.
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business
Functions -> Accounting -> Average Daily Balance.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 77 of 222
Business Function New General Ledger Accounting 3
FIN_GL_CI_3: New General Ledger Accounting 3 (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL_605), you can
use the business function New General Ledger Accounting 3. You can use this
business function to improve your processes for periodic tasks and optimize how you
use the archive. Moreover, the business function enables you to manage how numbers
are assigned when assets are transferred.
For more information, see the following release notes:
Periodic Tasks
o Impairment of Assets According to IAS36 (New)
o Parallel Valuation of Material Stocks (New)
o Enhanced Reports for Reconciliation Between MM and FI-GL (New)
Archiving
o Reading Totals Records from Archive (New)
Asset Transfer
o Number Assignment for Asset Transfer (New)
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business
Functions -> Accounting -> New General Ledger Accounting 3.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 78 of 222
FIN_GL_CI_3: Impairment of Assets According to IAS36 (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP APPL_605), business
function New General Ledger Accounting 3, you can execute mass processing for
impairment of assets within a cash-generating unit (CGU). You can select the relevant
assets for this using the asset list and process them in a worklist.
You have the following options for distributing the impairment amount to the individual
assets:
o The system distributes the impairment amount dependent on the net book value
of the individual assets.
o The system determines and distributes the impairment amount of the individual
assets so that the net book value of each asset is zero after the impairment.
o You specify your own customer-specific distribution of the impairment amount.
To do so, you use the Business Add-In (BAdI) BAdI for Distribution of
Impairments (FIAA_IMPAIRMENT_DISTR_CUST).
Posting of the impairment reduces the net book value of your assets. You can choose
between these two procedures:
o Depreciation revaluation (increase of accumulated depreciation)
o Negative revaluation of acquisition and production costs (reduction of the
acquisition value)
You can post impairments either during the fiscal year or as part of the year-end
closing. The system considers the posting documents created in Asset Accounting (FI-
AA) during the next depreciation posting run for General Ledger Accounting (FI-GL).
Note
For impairments during the fiscal year, to ensure a recalculation of the revaluation for
the next period of the current year, use the new depreciation calculation.
Effects on System Administration
If you want to use the new depreciation calculation, you have to activate the add-on
FIN EA-APPL.
Effects on Customizing
To use the function for impairment of assets, make the following settings:
o You create the following new transaction types depending on the posting type in
Customizing for Financial Accounting (New) or Financial Accounting under
Asset Accounting -> Special Valuation -> Revaluation of Fixed Assets ->
Revaluation for the Balance Sheet -> Define Transaction Types for
Revaluation:
o Transaction type for impairment according to IAS36 (debit) for current year
(transaction type group A2)
o Transaction type for impairment according to IAS36 (debit) for previous
year (transaction type group A1)
o Transaction type for impairment according to IAS36 (credit) for current
year (transaction type group A2)
o Transaction type for impairment according to IAS36 (credit) for previous
year (transaction type group A1)
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 79 of 222
Note
If you use the old depreciation calculation, instead of transaction type groups A1
and A2, you have to use transaction type groups 81 and 82.
o If you want to make different impairment postings depending on the accounting
principles used, then limit these transaction types to depreciation areas that use
the same accounting principles. You make this setting in Customizing for
Financial Accounting (New) or Financial Accounting under Asset
Accounting -> Special Valuation -> Revaluation of Fixed Assets ->
Revaluation for the Balance Sheet -> Define Transaction Types for
Revaluation -> Limit Transaction Types to Depreciation Areas.
o In Customizing for Financial Accounting (New) or Financial Accounting under
Asset Accounting -> Special Valuation -> Revaluation of Fixed Assets ->
Revaluation for the Balance Sheet -> Determine Depreciation Areas, you
specify for each depreciation area that impairments can be posted both as
revaluation of acquisition and production costs as well as revaluation of
depreciation.
o For posting impairments to new General Ledger Accounting, you specify for each
depreciation area that revaluation is considered during the depreciation posting
run. You specify this in Customizing for Financial Accounting (New) or
Financial Accounting under Asset Accounting -> Integration with General
Ledger Accounting -> Post Depreciation to General Ledger Accounting ->
Specify Intervals and Posting Rules.
See also
o Central release note FIGL_605_GLACC_M: New General Ledger Accounting
3 (New)
o SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp ->
SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component
Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials ->
Financial Accounting -> Asset Accounting -> Tools -> Mass Processing ->
Impairment.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 80 of 222
FIN_GL_CI_3: Parallel Valuation of Material Stocks (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP APPL_605), business
function New General Ledger Accounting 3, when you run balance sheet valuation,
you can make delta postings for depreciation at business area, profit center, and
segment level, as well as at account level. The value of the delta postings is the
difference between the current stock value and the previously determined balance
sheet value.
Each delta posting is assigned to a delta run, which you define beforehand with the
relevant posting parameters. For parallel valuation of material stocks, you can assign
different accounting principles to delta runs and run balance sheet valuation for each
accounting principle:
o If you use the accounts approach, you assign a different account grouping code
to each delta run.
o If you use the ledger approach, you assign a different accounting principle to
each delta run.
You can subsequently edit and reverse delta runs and the postings assigned to them.
Effects on Existing Data
o The existing program Balance Sheet Value per Account (transaction MRN9)
was enhanced to enable postings at business area, profit center, and segment
level. For the parallel execution of delta postings with different accounting
principles, the program requires the assignment of a delta run for each posting.
o To edit delta runs, the area menu has the additional entry Logistics -> Materials
Management -> Valuation -> Balance Sheet Valuation -> Results -> Balance
Sheet Value per Account: Edit Delta Run (transaction MRN9DELTA).
Effects on Customizing
You define delta parameters for parallel delta postings in Customizing for Materials
Management, under Valuation and Account Assignment -> Balance Sheet
Valuation Procedures -> Set Up Delta Run for Balance Sheet Valuation.
See also
o Central release note New General Ledger Accounting 3
o SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal under http://help.sap.com/erp ->
SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component
Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials ->
Financial Accounting -> General Ledger Accounting (New) -> Configuring
New General Ledger Accounting -> Parallel Accounting -> Parallel
Accounting in the Application Components -> Parallel Accounting in
Controlling -> Parallel Accounting in Materials Management
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 81 of 222
FIN_GL_CI_3: Enhanced Reports for Reconciliation Between MM and FI-GL (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP APPL_605), business
function New General Ledger Accounting 3, you can use the following new reports
for comparing the stocks in Materials Management with the balances of the assigned
balance sheet accounts in new General Ledger Accounting:
o Report for periodic reconciliation
This report compares, for a company code and a posting period, the totals of the
stocks in Materials Management against the balances of the assigned G/L
accounts in a ledger in General Ledger Accounting. In the results output, the
report shows the values determined for each G/L account and G/L account
assignment.
Depending on whether the material ledger is activated in the specified company
code, the report determines the material stocks using either the material ledger
or the stock data in Materials Management and the local currencies relevant for
the material stock.
o Report for reconciliation after activating the material ledger
To determine for a company code the current stock values in the material ledger,
this report uses the balances of the assigned balance sheet accounts in General
Ledger Accounting. For this, the report considers all local currencies.
On the basis of the stock values determined for the material ledger, the report
determines the differences in balances for each G/L account and G/L account
assignment for the second and third local currency.
You can use the report to post directly to a specified account the differences in
balances resulting from building the material ledger for the additional local
currencies.
When determining the material stocks and the balances of a general ledger, the reports
apply the following G/L account assignments:
o Business Area
o Profit Center
o Segment
You can use the Business-Add-In (BAdI) Master Data Enhancement for Balance
Reconciliation Between General Ledger and Materials Management
(FAGL_MM_RECON) to define, where necessary, additional G/L account assignments
that you want to apply in the evaluation.
Effects on Existing Data
o For periodic reconciliation, the following entry has been added to the area menu:
Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Periodic
Processing -> Closing -> Check/Count -> Balance Comparison: General
Ledger - Materials Management (transaction FAGL_MM_RECON).
o For reconciliation after activation of the material ledger, the following entry has
been added to the area menu: Logistics -> Material Management -> Valuation
-> Actual Costing/Material Ledger -> Environment -> Production Startup ->
Reconciliation with Balance Sheet Accounts in FI (New) (transaction
FAGL_ML_ADJUST).
Effects on Customizing
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 82 of 222
You define additional G/L account assignments for the evaluation in Customizing for
Financial Accounting (New) under General Ledger Accounting (New) -> Tools ->
Customer Enhancements -> Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) -> Master Data
Enhancement for Balance Reconciliation Between General Ledger and Materials
Management.
See also
o Central release note New General Ledger Accounting 3
o SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp ->
SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component
Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials ->
Financial Accounting -> General Ledger Accounting (New) -> Periodic
Processing -> Closing Operations
o SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp under
SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component
Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Accounting ->
Controlling -> Product Cost Controlling -> Actual Costing/Material Ledger -
> Installation: Material Ledger/Actual Costing -> Reconciling Accounts for
the Material Ledger in Different Currencies and Valuation Categories
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 83 of 222
FIN_GL_CI_3: Reading Totals Records from Archive (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP APPL_605), business
function New General Ledger Accounting 3, you can read totals records from the
archive for reporting purposes.
In new General Ledger Accounting, the number of records in the totals table can
increase considerably particularly when you use the ledger approach with multiple
scenarios. A large number of data records can in some cases lead to performance
problems in reporting. For this reason, it can be useful to archive data records regularly
at shorter intervals.
The logical database SDF has therefore been adjusted so that reports that are based
on it can now read totals records from the archive. (Note: It was also possible
previously to read line items from the archive.)
In the following reports, you can now specify whether the data is read from the archive,
from the database, or from both:
o Summary reports that are based on the logistical database SDF
o G/L Account Balance Display (transaction FAGLB03)
o Drilldown reports
You can connect Report Writer and Report Painter reports to the archive.
For reporting in SAP BI, the data source 0FI_GL_20 has been enhanced accordingly.
Effects on Existing Data
User Interface
In the summary reports, in the G/L account balance display (transaction FAGLB03), and
in the drilldown reports, you can use the Data Sources pushbutton to specify the
source from which the system reads the data.
o From the database,
o From the archive, or
o From the database and from the archive
Dataset
If a local currency changeover takes place after archiving, the data from the archive is
not converted to the new currency; instead, it is displayed in the original currency.
See also
o Central release note New General Ledger Accounting 3 (New)
o SAP Library for SAP ERP on the SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp ->
SAP ERP Central Component -> Accounting -> Financial Accounting (FI) ->
General Ledger Accounting (FI-GL) (New) -> Reporting.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 84 of 222
FIN_GL_CI_3: Number Assignment for Asset Transfer (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP APPL_605), business
function New General Ledger Accounting 3, you can specify that the system keeps
the number structure for the mass transfer of assets (transaction AR31).
In the standard system, the system assigns new main numbers and subnumbers during
a mass transfer. If you want to keep the original relationships between the individual
assets during the transfer, you can choose between the following options for number
assignment:
o Keep the original main number
The system adopts the main number that was assigned to the asset before the
transfer. It assigns new sequential subnumbers.
o Keep the original number structure
The system assigns new main numbers and subnumbers, but adopts the existing
number structure. This means that the system assigns assets with the same
original main number uniform main numbers, but assigns new sequential
subnumbers.
To use this option you have to select the Keep Subno.Structure checkbox in the
settings for the asset transfer.
Effects on Customizing
If you want to keep the original main numbers, then you activated the Business Add-In
(BAdI) Control of Number Assignment During Mass Transfer
(BADI_FIAA_NUMBER) in Customizing under Financial Accounting (New) -> Asset
Accounting -> Transactions -> Enhancements -> Business Add-Ins for
Enhancements -> BAdI: Control of Number Assignment During Mass Transfer.
See also
o Central release note FIGL_605_GLACC_M: New General Ledger Accounting
3 (New)
o SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp ->
SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component
Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials ->
Financial Accounting -> Asset Accounting -> Tools -> Mass Processing ->
Mass Transfer.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 85 of 222
Business Function Sum transfer in distributed systems
FIN_GL_DISTR_SCEN_1: Totals Document and Single Document Transfer in Distributed Systems (New)
Use
From SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), the business
function FI-GL (New), Totals Document and Single Document Transfer in
Distributed Systems (New) is available with a new ALE distribution scenario for new
General Ledger Accounting.
In a system landscape with distributed product systems, you can transfer FI documents
individually as single documents or aggregated as totals documents. In the case of
aggregated document transfer, the system collects business transactions of the same
type, summarizes them in an aggregated document, and transfers this aggregated
document to the receiver system.
As a result of transferring single documents in an aggregated document, the data
volume is reduced considerably, which improves performance.
You specify which documents are transferred individually and which are transferred in
aggregated form by using the corresponding indicator in the account master record.
When this indicator is set, all documents that contain that account are transferred
individually. Similarly, all documents containing taxes are transferred individually.
Furthermore, you can specify additional criteria for the single document transfer.
With the single document transfer, document splitting information is also transferred
to the receiver system.
All documents that have not been transferred individually are collected and can be
transferred in an aggregated document. With the aggregated document transfer, as
many single documents as possible are summarized in an aggregated document and
then transferred as one document.
The single document transfer is performed automatically at the time of posting. You
have to start the aggregated document transfer explicitly from the menu (see also the
section "Effects on Existing Data").
To compare the transferred documents with the transaction figures at the ledger level,
you can use the existing reconciliation report Compare Documents / Transaction
Figures, which you start in the central system (go to the SAP Easy Access screen
and choose Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Periodic
Processing -> Closing -> Check/Count -> Reconciliation (New) (transaction
FAGLF03)).
To check the totals of the transferred documents at the account level in the receiver
system and to display any variances, you can use the reconciliation report Compare
Documents from Totals Document Transfer (see also the section "Effects on
Existing Data").
All aggregated documents are posted with the reference transaction GLSUM. The
Reference Number field in the document header contains the run ID for the
aggregated transfer. The run ID appears as follows: "GL-ALE-" + "run ID" (for
example, GL-ALE-00201). To reverse a transfer run, proceed as follows: In the central
system, you have to reverse all documents for a transfer run using a mass reversal
(transaction F.80). For this, you have to enter the reference transaction and reference
number (using the custom selections). You can then reset the transfer run in the sender
system (see also the section "Effects on Existing Data"). You can control the reversal
with the reconciliation report Compare Documents from Totals Document Transfer.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 86 of 222
Effects on Existing Data
Existing Data
The new distribution scenario replaces the previously used distribution scenarios for
Financial Accounting.
You activate the new distribution scenario for a specific company code. Once you have
activated the new distribution scenario for a company code and the same receiver
system is set up in the old distribution scenario for that company code, only the IDoc of
the new distribution scenario is generated. Otherwise, you can continue to use the old
distribution scenario as before.
User Interfaces
The SAP menu contains the following new entries:
o You start the aggregated document transfer in the SAP Easy Access screen
under Tools -> ALE -> Application Distribution -> Transfer of Totals
Documents (transaction FAGLAL3).
o You start the reconciliation report Compare Documents of Totals Document
Transfer in the SAP Easy Access screen under Accounting -> Financial
Accounting -> General Ledger -> Periodic Processing -> Closing ->
Check/Count -> Compare Totals (transaction FAGL_COMP_SUM_RUNID).
o To reset a transfer run in the sender system, go to the SAP Easy Access screen
and choose Tools -> ALE -> Application Distribution -> Accounting ->
Financial Accounting -> Reset Transfer of Totals Documents (transaction
FAGL_RUNID_INIT).
Effects on Data Transfer
The new Basic Type FAGLDT01 belongs to the new distribution scenario. There are
the following new message types:
o FAGLDT01 for single document transfer
o FAGLST01 for aggregated document transfer
If you have added customer fields to segments in the old distribution scenarios for
Financial Accounting, you also need to enhance the segments in the new IDoc for the
new distribution scenario.
There are various Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) available for the new distribution scenario
in the sender and receiver systems. These BAdIs correspond to the customer exits of
the old distribution scenarios. We recommend using the BAdIs for the new distribution
scenario. The following BAdIs are available:
o BAdIs for Sender Systems
- BAdI: Identify Documents for Single Document Transfer
You can use this BAdI to specify whether documents are transferred
individually or in aggregated documents. Here, you can override the
indicator for single document transfer set in the account master record.
- BAdI: Change IDocs in Sender System
You can use this BAdI to change an IDoc before the transfer or mark it as
excluded from the transfer.
- BAdI: Change Documents in Sender System
You can use this BAdI to change an FI document in the sender system.
- BAdI: Add a New Segment with Customer Fields in IDoc
You can use this BAdI to add customer fields in the IDoc.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 87 of 222
- BAdI: Automatic Clearing of G/L Accounts Managed on an Open Item
Basis
You can use this BAdI to automatically clear G/L accounts managed on an
open item basis during the single document transfer.
- BAdI: Clear Fields Before Document Aggregation
You can use this BAdI to add aggregation fields for the creation of an
aggregated document.
o BAdIs for Receiver Systems
- BAdI: Change IDocs in Receiver System
You can use this BAdI to change an IDoc or mark it as excluded from the
transfer.
- BAdI: Read Customer Fields for Postings
You can use this BAdI to read customer fields from an IDoc and add them
to a document.
- BAdI: Change Fields in Accounting Structures (FI Documents)
You can use this BAdI to change an FI document in the receiver system
shortly before the document is transferred to the accounting interface.
Effects on Customizing
1. In the sender system, create an RFC connection between the sender and
receiver systems.
2. In the sender system, create the port for IDoc processing in the SAP menu under
Tools -> ALE -> ALE Administration -> Runtime Settings -> Port
Maintenance (transaction WE21).
3. In the sender and receiver systems, create a cross-system company code in
ALE Customizing under Set Up Cross-System Company Codes.
4. Define how the new message types (FAGLDT01 and FAGLST01) are used. For
this, create a distribution model in ALE Customizing under Maintain
Distribution Model and Distribute Views.
5. Make the necessary Customizing settings for the new scenario under SAP
NetWeaver -> Application Server -> IDoc Interface / Application Link
Enabling (ALE) -> Modeling and Implementing Business Processes ->
Configure Predefined ALE Business Processes -> Accounting -> AC <-> AC
-> Set Up Distribution of Financial Accounting Data (New):
a) Activate the distribution scenario for the desired company codes under
Activate Distribution Scenario for Each Company Code.
b) Make the basic settings for the document transfer (single document
transfer or aggregated document transfer as well as BAdIs or customer
exits) under Make Basic Settings for Distribution Scenario.
c) Specify the document type for the aggregated document transfer under
Specify Document Type for Transfer of Totals Documents.
d) For the transfer postings, specify where necessary a posting key differing
from the standard setting, which you do under Set Posting Keys for
Transfer Postings.
6. For the accounts with documents that you want to transfer as single documents,
set the Account Managed in External System indicator in the account master
record.
7. Implement any BAdIs that you want to use fort his distribution scenario.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 88 of 222
Business Function Error Correction System
FIN_GL_ERR_CORR: Error Correction System (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL_605), the system
contains the Error Correction System business function. You can use this business
function to correct errors in documents before you post the documents. If the errors
cannot be resolved automatically, the system creates ECS items that you can correct
manually.
For more information, see the following release information:
BI Content for Error Correction and Suspense Accounting, and Average Daily Balance
under BI Content -> Financials -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger Accounting.
Effects on Existing Data
Error Correction and Suspense Accounting has been added to the area menu. You can
find it under:
o Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Document Entry ->
Error Correction and Suspense Accounting
o Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> Accounts Receivable -> Document Entry -
> Error Correction and Suspense Accounting
o Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> Accounts Payable -> Document Entry ->
Error Correction and Suspense Accounting
Error Correction and Suspense Accounting contains the following transactions:
o Document Entry
- Start File Editor for Data Transfer
- Post Accounting Documents with Auto Correction
o Reversal
- Reverse Single Documents
o Logs
- Display Derivation Trace
- Display Application Logs
- Display Mass Runs
- Display Details for Mass Runs
o Manual Post-Processing
- Edit ECS Items
o ECS Reports
- Display ECS Items
- Start Statistical Analysis
- Determine Trends for ECS Items
- Display Deleted and Corrected ECS Items by Employee
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 89 of 222
- Display ECS Items by Aging Category
- Calculate Differences Between ECS Balances and General Ledger
Balances
- Display Reconciliation Report for Error Correction System
The following parameters for Error Correction and Suspense Accounting (ECS) have
been added to report RFBIBL00:
o ECS Environment (GLE_DTE_ECS_IF_TYPE)
o Run ID (GLE_DTE_ECS_RUNID)
o Version of Run (GLE_DTE_ECS_RUN_SEQ_NO)
Effects on Data Transfer
You can import the following types of data into the system:
o Using direct input
o Using Enterprise Services
o Using a BAPI
Effects on Customizing
You can find the Customizing for the Error Correction System business function under
Financial Accounting -> Financial Accounting Global Settings -> Document -> Error
Correction and Suspense Accounting or under Financial Accounting (New) -> Financial
Accounting Global Settings (New) -> Document -> Error Correction and Suspense
Accounting.
To use the business function effectively, you have to make settings in the Customizing
activities under Error Correction and Suspense Accounting -> General Settings:
o Define ECS Environments
o Definition and Derivation of Error Categories
- Define Error Messages
- Define Error Categories
- Assign Error Messages to Error Categories
- Assign Error Categories to Compound Error Categories
o Create Number Ranges for Document Numbers in ECS
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business
Functions -> Accounting -> Error Correction System.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 90 of 222
Business Function FI-GL (new), Reorganization and FI-AA Segment Reports
FIN_GL_REORG_1: Profit Center Reorganization and Segment Reports (New)
Use
From SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), the business
function FI-GL (New), Profit Ctr Reorganization and Segment Reports is available.
You can use this business function to achieve the following:
o You can portray the reassignment of profit centers in new General Ledger
Accounting (Profit Center Reorganization).
o Furthermore, you can create asset reports at the profit center or segment
level.
Profit Center Reorganization
Scope of the Profit Center Reorganization
Generally, changes to the profit center structure are the result of a management
decision. Such changes can involve splitting up, combining, discontinuing, and
renaming existing profit centers, creating new profit centers, or a combination of these
activities. The information about a change to the profit center structure must be
available in a timely fashion because retroactive reorganizations are not supported.
A change to the profit center structure necessitates a change to the assignment of
profit centers to objects (such as materials, orders, purchase orders, or sales orders).
You can use the profit center reorganization to make these necessary changes in the
system as part of an automated process:
The profit center reorganization allows the change to the profit center assignment to
take effect in the system on a key date and enables profit center reporting to be
performed consistently in new General Ledger Accounting before and after the
realignment. In a verifiable procedure, objects (such as materials and orders) affected
by the reorganization are determined and reassigned and their balances are
transferred in new General Ledger Accounting.
You control and monitor the process using an application in the portal or in the
NetWeaver Business Client. The system logs all steps.
Roles
The following roles are used in the reorganization:
o The Reorganization Manager is responsible for the entire reorganization
project. He or she creates the reorganization plan and performs the steps for
generating the object list (that is, determining the objects involved), for
reassignment, and for performing transfers on the basis of proposals made by
object owners in the system.
o The Object Owner assigns the new profit centers to the objects in his or her
area of responsibility. The reorganization manager cannot make any further
changes to these assignments during reassignment and transfer postings.
For more information on the roles, see the section "Effects on System Administration".
Process Flow
The reorganization manager creates a reorganization plan. This is where the
reorganization date, the controlling area, and the affected profit centers, for example,
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 91 of 222
are specified. The reorganization date must be the first day of a future posting period.
From the reorganization date, you can perform reporting on the basis of the new profit
center structure.
In the next step, the reorganization manager starts object list generation from within
the reorganization plan. When generating the object list, the system looks for the
objects (such as materials or WBS elements) that are affected by the profit center
reorganization and to which a new profit center needs to be assigned. Furthermore, the
system determines the relevant object owner. However, the reorganization manager
can specify a different object owner. Once the reorganization manager releases the
objects, they appear in the personal object list of the relevant object owner. An object
list serves as a worklist for an object owner. Before the reorganization period is
opened, the object owners need to store the new assignment in the system. Cost
centers are an exception to this: A cost center is registered automatically in a
reorganization plan once you create a new time slot with a new profit center.
Once the previous period has been closed, the reorganization manager performs
reassignment from within the reorganization plan. This changes the profit centers of
the objects determined in the previous step. The system locates dependent objects for
successfully reassigned objects that have imparted the profit center and reassigns such
dependent objects in the same way. The system finds such objects using the standard
logic for profit center derivation: For example, items of a nonassigned purchase order
inherit the profit center from the ordered materials, and one item of a payable inherits
the profit center from the purchase order as a result of document splitting. This ensures
in particular that floating processes (such as the clearing of open items of a supplier)
are diverted to the new profit centers. For some object types, this step also determines
the balances to be transferred (such as for materials) or even transfers them (such as
for fixed assets). Alternatively to using the standard logic for profit center derivation,
you can specify your own derivation logic.
Then, from within the reorganization plan, the reorganization manager starts the
balance transfers for objects that have already been reassigned. This enables
balances to be displayed consistently for key dates at the profit center level. Transfer
postings are made in new General Ledger Accounting. In the case of fixed assets, the
system performs an integrated transfer posting.
The system logs all affected objects, their old and new assignment, and the relevant
object owner. It also logs the transferred balances for each object as well as the
transfer posting documents created in new General Ledger Accounting. You can use
separate consolidation transaction types to see the transferred balances in totals
reports in new General Ledger Accounting.
Objects that Can Be Organized
This function ensures that the affected objects are reassigned consistently. The
following object types that have profit centers in their master data record are
reassigned: fixed asset, material, purchase order, sales document, cost center, cost
objects, WBS element, network, network activity, internal order, accrual order, CO
production order, product cost collector, QM order, PP production order, service and
maintenance order, process order, payable, and receivable.
Moreover, this function transfers the balances of the affected objects. Only balances
that can be assigned directly to the affected objects are transferred. The following
balance sheet items are reorganized:
o Fixed assets
o Inventory (raw materials, work in process, finished products)
o Receivables
o Payables from goods and services
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 92 of 222
In the profit and loss statement, no transfer postings are made. The system ensures
that postings in the profit and loss statement are made to the new profit centers in the
reorganization period. In the previous period, postings are made to the old profit center.
The system uses the reorganization plan as the basis for assigning the profit center to
the affected objects depending on the period. However, this only applies to cost
objects.
The following functions are not supported for profit center reorganizations:
o The reorganization of group assets is not supported.
o You can only reorganize materials (master records and stocks) consistently if
you do not use the Retail Method of Accounting (RMA).
For more information, see the following release notes:
o Reorganization of Receivables and Payables
o Reorganization of Materials
o Reorganization of WIP and SD Objects
o Reorganization of Cost Centers
o Reorganization of Fixed Assets
Segment Reporting for Fixed Assets
You can specify the account assignment objects Profit Center and Segment in the
master data of the fixed assets. (You use a corresponding program to derive the profit
center or segment for fixed assets already present in the system as well).
This enables you to create asset reports at the profit center or segment level.
o In Asset Accounting, you can create various reports at the profit center or
segment level.
o In new General Ledger Accounting, you can create an aggregated report on
changes in tangible assets. In the report, the values are cumulated on the basis
of the G/L accounts.
For more information, see the following release note:
o Segment Reporting for Fixed Assets
Effects on System Administration
The reorganization is available as a Web Dynpro application in the portal as well as
being available as an application in the NetWeaver Business Client.
To be able to use the reorganization in the portal, you need to install the business
package BP for Reorganization Management (BPERPREORG).
This business package does not contain any predefined roles; it is only intended for
reuse. To facilitate the evaluation of the contents of the worksets by administrators, the
worksets of this business packages are embedded by delta link in work center pool role
1.5 of the Business Package for Common Parts.
However, you can define your own roles (such as Reorganization Manager and Object
Owner). You can then use the worksets of the business package BP for
Reorganization Management in your own roles:
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 93 of 222
Workset -> Own Role
Overview of Reorganization Plans
(Reorganization Plan Overview)
-> Reorganization Manager
Overview of Object Lists
(Object List Overview)
-> Object Owner
For more information about this business package, see the SAP Library at Cross-
Application Functions in SAP ERP -> Roles -> Business Packages (Portal
Content) -> Worksets for Reuse in Roles -> Business Package for Reorganization
Management.
For the use of the reorganization in the NetWeaver Business Client, there are similar
PFCG roles:
o Role for the reorganization manager: SAP_FI_GL_REORG_MANAGER
o Role for the object owner: SAP_FI_GL_REORG_OBJLIST_OWNER
The report launchpad FAGL_REORG exists for the reorganization manager, both in the
application in the portal as well as in the NetWeaver Business Client. It comprises all
other programs that you need for the reorganization.
Effects on Customizing
You make the basic settings for the reorganization in Customizing for General Ledger
(New) under Reorganization -> Basic Settings.
Before you can start a reorganization, certain organizational and system prerequisites
must be met. For more information, see the Implementation Guide for General Ledger
Accounting (New) under Reorganization -> Basic Settings -> Prerequisites for a
Reorganization. Here, you find out which are the minimum Customizing settings that
you need to make.
See also
For more information, see the SAP Library at the following locations:
o In the business function documentation: Business Functions (SAP
Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0) -> Business Functions in SAP
ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Financial
Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting (FI-GL) (New) -> FI-GL (New),
Profit Center Reorganization and Segment Reports and
o In the application documentation: SAP ERP Central Component -> Accounting
-> Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting (FI-GL) (New) ->
Reorganization.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 94 of 222
FIN_GL_REORG_1: Reorganization of Receivables and Payables (New)
Use
From SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business
function FI-GL (New), Profit Ctr Reorganization and Segment Reports
(FIN_GL_REORG_1), you can automatically reorganize open receivables and
payables following a reorganization of profit centers.
In new General Ledger Accounting, you can transfer the affected receivables and
payables balances from the old profit center to the new profit center. Given that
automatic document splitting information for the affected receivables and payables are
updated, the follow-on processes (such as clearing) take the new profit centers as their
basis.
The system supports you in the following activities:
o Data selection:
The system selects the following data:
- Open receivables and payables (including down payment requests and
down payments) that are affected by the reorganization of profit centers
- Their invoice-related items (such as residual items and partial payments)
o Account assignment change:
To ensure that the clearing processes are based on the new profit centers, the
system applies in the reassignment the document splitting information for the
affected receivables and payables. Furthermore, the system updates the
document splitting information; in this way, follow-on processes apply the correct
account assignments. However, this does not cause changes to be made to the
document themselves.
o Transfer posting:
In new General Ledger Accounting, the system transfers the balances of
receivables and payables.
The reorganization of receivables and payables is integrated in the reorganization of
the objects determining the account assignment (examples of such objects: cost
center, order, or purchase order item). If, for example, an incoming invoice for a
purchase order was posted, the payable received its profit center account assignments
from the purchase order items of the purchase order. You assign a payable in
accordance with the reorganized purchase order item.
In this way, you only have to manually specify new profit centers for receivables and
payables if it is not possible to establish the relationship to the objects determining the
account assignment (such as the purchase order item) or if the receivable or payable
was assigned directly with profit centers.
Effects on Existing Data
Activating the business function FIN_GL_REORG_1 alone does not affect the dataset
in Cost Object Controlling.
It is only once you actually use the function for reorganizing receivables and payables
that you can change profit centers in document splitting and transfer receivables and
payables balances from the old profit center to the new profit center in new General
Ledger Accounting.
Effects on Customizing
You make the basic Customizing settings for the reorganization in Customizing for
General Ledger (New) under Reorganization -> Basic Settings.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 95 of 222
See also
For more information, see:
o The central release note for the business function FIN_GL_REORG_1: Profit
Ctr Reorganization and Segment Reports (New).
o The SAP Library under SAP ERP Central Component -> Accounting ->
Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting (FI-GL) (New) ->
Reorganization.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 96 of 222
FIN_GL_REORG_1: Reorganization of Materials (New)
Use
From SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business
function FI-GL (New), Profit Ctr Reorganization and Segment Reports
(FIN_GL_REORG_1), you can reorganize materials with regard to their profit center
assignment.
You can change the profit center in the material master record and transfer balances
for all materials that you have selected for the profit center reorganization.
Furthermore, you can automatically include purchase order items in the reorganization:
o Unassigned purchase order items (that is, purchase order items that only contain
the material) are included in the reorganization by means of the material from
which they received their profit center.
o Purchase order items with an account assignment (such as cost center or
internal order) can also be included in the reorganization by being considered via
the corresponding account assignment object (such as cost center or internal
order).
The system supports you in the following activities:
o Selection:
The system automatically selects the materials that are affected by the
reorganization of profit centers.
o Account assignment change:
With a reorganization plan, you can change the profit center in the account
assignments in the material master records for the reorganization date.
o Transfer posting:
You can then transfer the object balances. You do this by cumulatively
transferring the material stock value and balance value on the GR/IR account for
the affected purchase order items in new General Ledger Accounting to the new
profit center.
Constraint:
You can only reorganize materials (master records and stocks) consistently if you do
not use the Retail Method of Accounting (RMA).
Effects on Existing Data
Activating the business function FIN_GL_REORG_1 alone does not affect the dataset
in inventory management and in purchasing.
It is only once you actually use the Reorganization of Materials function that you can
change profit centers in the material master data and transfer balances from the old
profit center to the new profit center in new General Ledger Accounting.
Effects on Customizing
You make the basic Customizing settings for the reorganization in Customizing for
General Ledger (New) under Reorganization -> Basic Settings.
For the Material object type, you can specify restriction characteristics and display
characteristics.
See also
For more information, see:
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 97 of 222
o The central release note for the business function FIN_GL_REORG_1:Profit Ctr
Reorganization and Segment Reports (New) and
o The SAP Library under SAP ERP Central Component -> Accounting ->
Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting (FI-GL) (New) ->
Reorganization.
FIN_GL_REORG_1: Reorganization of WIP and SD Objects (New)
Use
From SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business
function FI-GL (New), Profit Ctr Reorganization and Segment Reports
(FIN_GL_REORG_1), you can automatically reorganize cost objects in Product Cost
Controlling and sales documents in Sales and Distribution (SD) following a
reorganization of profit centers. You can change the profit centers in the cost object
master data and in sales documents and transfer the affected balances from the old
profit center to the new profit center in new General Ledger Accounting.
The system supports you in the following activities:
o In the selection of cost objects and sales documents that are affected by the
reorganization of profit centers
o For the reassignment of the master data
o In the transfer of balances (work in process) in new General Ledger Accounting
The reorganization of WIP and SD objects is available for the following objects:
production orders, process orders, product cost collectors, sales orders, contracts,
scheduling agreements, requests, offers, WBS elements, and internal orders with
revenue. Furthermore, you can change the account assignments of the following
objects: cost object hierarchies, networks, network activities, maintenance orders, QM
orders, and accrual orders.
The reorganization of WIP and SD objects is integrated in the reorganization of
materials. For example, you can include in the reorganization production orders and
sales order items that belong to a reorganized material and have them automatically
reorganized accordingly.
Effects on Existing Data
Activating the business function FIN_GL_REORG_1 alone does not affect the dataset
in the Cost Object Controlling or in SD.
It is only once you actually use the reorganization of WIP and SD objects that you
can change profit centers in the cost object master data and in the sales documents
and transfer balances from the old profit center to the new profit center in new General
Ledger Accounting.
Effects on Customizing
You make the basic Customizing settings for the reorganization in Customizing for
General Ledger (New) under Reorganization -> Basic Settings.
For the reorganization of work in process, it may be useful to exclude specific results
analysis categories for determining the balance of cost objects. You make the relevant
settings in Customizing for the Reorganization under Exclude Results Analysis
Categories for Determining Balances of Cost Objs.
In the case of the reorganisation of sales documents, you can specify that specific
sales documents are always included in the reorganization; the system then selects the
sales documents by status and period. You make any necessary settings in
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 98 of 222
Customizing for the Reorganization under Specify Periods for Sales Document
Selection.
See also
For more information, see:
o The central release note for the business function FIN_GL_REORG_1: Profit
Ctr Reorganization and Segment Reports (New) and
o The SAP Library under SAP ERP Central Component -> Accounting ->
Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting (FI-GL) (New) ->
Reorganization.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 Page 99 of 222
FIN_GL_REORG_1: Reorganization of Cost Centers (New)
Use
From SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business
function FI-GL (New), Profit Ctr Reorganization and Segment Reports
(FIN_GL_REORG_1), you can automatically reorganize cost centers following a
reorganization of profit centers.
The system supports you in including in the reorganization plan the cost centers that
are affected by the reorganization of profit centers.
A cost center is entered in a reorganization plan when the following prerequisites are
met:
o The key date of the cost center change (period begin) and the reorganization
date of the reorganization plan are the same.
o The reorganization plan contains the change from the previous profit center to
the new profit center.
o In Controlling, the period is still closed for all actual transactions.
It is not possible to delete an analysis period for a cost center that has been included in
a reorganization plan because dependent objects might have already been
reorganized.
Effects on Existing Data
Activating the business function FI-GL (New), Profit Ctr Reorganization and
Segment Reports (FIN_GL_REORG_1) has effects when an analysis period with a
changed profit center is added. With the change, the above-mentioned checks are run.
Effects on Customizing
You make the basic Customizing settings for the reorganization in Customizing for
General Ledger (New) under Reorganization -> Basic Settings.
See also
For more information, see:
o The central release note for the business function FIN_GL_REORG_1: Profit
Ctr Reorganization and Segment Reports (New) and
o The SAP Library under SAP ERP Central Component -> Accounting ->
Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting (FI-GL) (New) ->
Reorganization.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 100 of 222
FIN_GL_REORG_1: Reorganization of Fixed Assets (New)
Use
From SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business
function FI-GL (New), Profit Ctr Reorganization and Segment Reports
(FIN_GL_REORG_1), you can automatically reorganize fixed assets following a
reorganization of profit centers.
You can reorganize fixed assets for which the profit center is assigned directly by
means of a cost object (such as an internal order or a WBS element):
o You can change the profit center in the cost objects and reassign the affected
fixed assets
o You can use an intercompany asset transfer to transfer the balances from the old
to the new profit center in new General Ledger Accounting as well as in Asset
Accounting.
Furthermore, you can reorganize fixed assets to which a profit center is assigned
directly without a cost object.
The system supports you in the following activities:
o Selection:
- In the selection of fixed assets that are affected by the reorganization of
profit centers
- In the selection of cost objects (such as order or WBS element) that are
assigned in the asset master records and are therefore affected by the
reorganization of the profit centers
o Account assignment change:
- For the reassignment of asset master data
- For the reassignment of cost objects
o Transfer posting:
- For the transfer of asset portfolios
Constraint:
The reorganization of group assets is not supported.
Effects on Existing Data
Before you can change the account assignment of fixed assets, we recommend that
you run the check report on the fixed assets (see also the section "Effects on
Customizing" below). This check report specifies for selected fixed assets whether they
can be reorganized consistently. If the check report returns a negative result for a fixed
asset, that fixed asset cannot be reorganized.
Before you can reorganize the fixed asset, you have to make manual adjustments in
the following cases (if relevant):
o Assign a different profit center to the real estate key.
o Internal order:
- Generate the object list for the internal orders and assign the new profit
center to the relevant internal order, or
- Assign a different order in the asset master record if you do not want the
previously used order to be reorganized.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 101 of 222
o Project:
- Generate the object list for the WBS elements and assign the new profit
center to the relevant WBS element, or
- Assign a different project in the asset master record if you do not want the
previously used project to be reorganized.
o Cost center:
- Assign a new profit center to the affected cost centers for the
reorganization date.
- If you do not want the previously used cost center to be included in the
reorganization, assign a different cost center in the asset master record.
Effects on Customizing
Before you can start the reorganization of fixed assets, the following prerequisites must
be met:
1. You use new General Ledger Accounting (FI-GL (New)) and Asset
Accounting (FI-AA) in your production system.
2. You have activated segment reporting in Customizing for Asset Accounting
with the activity Activate Segment Reporting. You have performed the other
activities listed in this activity.
Note the following: The fields Profit Center and Segment must be filled
consistently in the asset master records. It must be possible in the asset master
record to derive a unique profit center for all posting-relevant cost objects.
3. In Customizing for Asset Accounting in the activity Activate Account
Assignment Objects, the Acct Assignment Object Same in Asset Master
and Posting indicator is set.
4. In Customizing for General Ledger Accounting (New), you have made the
basic settings for the reorganization underReorganization -> Basic Settings.
5. In Customizing for the Reorganization, you have activated the reorganization of
fixed assets with the activity Activate Reorganization of Fixed Assets.
6. In Customizing for the Reorganization, you have performed the activity Check
Profit Center Assignments in Asset Master Records. You have determined
any inconsistencies in the assignment of profit centers and have removed them.
See also
For more information, see:
o The central release note for the business function FIN_GL_REORG_1: Profit
Ctr Reorganization and Segment Reports (New)
o The release note FIN_GL_REORG_1: Segment Reporting for Fixed Assets
(New)
o The SAP Library under SAP ERP Central Component -> Accounting ->
Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting (FI-GL) (New) ->
Reorganization.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 102 of 222
FIN_GL_REORG_1: Segment Reporting for Fixed Assets (New)
Use
From SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business
function FI-GL (New), Profit Ctr Reorganization and Segment Reports
(FIN_GL_REORG_1), you can use the account assignment objects Profit Center and
Segment in the asset master record. This enables you to create asset reports at the
profit center or segment level.
You have the following options:
o You can specify profit centers and segments in the master data of the fixed
assets. You make the profit center and segment settings in exactly the same way
as for existing account assignments (such as for cost centers, internal orders, or
WBS elements).
o In Asset Accounting, you can create reports at the profit center or segment level.
There is a new sort variant for this. Moreover, the corresponding fields have
been included for selection in the Logical Database ADA.
o In new General Ledger Accounting, you can create an aggregated report on
changes in tangible assets. In the report, the values are cumulated on the basis
of the G/L accounts. The report is provided via POWL technology.
Segment reporting for fixed assets must be activated and set up before the
reorganization of fixed assets is possible.
Effects on Existing Data
For the profit center and the segment to be derived consistently and for postings to be
made correctly on this basis, the following prerequisites must be fulfilled:
o If there is a cost object in the asset master record, the system derives any profit
center stored there.
o If there are multiple cost objects in the asset master record, it must be possible
to uniquely derive one profit center.
Any segment stored is derived from the profit center.
To derive the profit center or segment for the fixed assets already stored in the system,
you have the following options:
o You can convert asset master data from which a unique profit center can be
derived. You do this in Customizing for Asset Accounting with the activity Fill
Master Data for Segment Reporting.
o If you have assigned one or more cost objects, the profit center or segment is
derived in the individual maintenance of fixed assets (provided that a unique
profit center or segment can be derived). Otherwise, you can specify a profit
center or segment.
Caution: For postings to be made consistently in Asset Accounting, it is essential that
you have converted the asset master data (see also the section "Effects on
Customizing").
Effects on Data Transfer
Since you require the Consolidation Transaction Type (RMVCT) field for the
aggregated report on changes in tangible assets, a new scenario is delivered, namely
FIN_AASEG: Segment Reporting for Fixed Assets:
o If you have not previously used the scenario Preparations for Consolidation,
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 103 of 222
you have to use the new scenario.
To be able to create the aggregated report on changes in tangible assets for old
data as well, go to Customizing for Asset Accounting and perform the activity
Fill Consolidation Transaction Type for Segment Reports in GL
Accounting.
o If you already use the scenario Preparations for Consolidation, you do not
need to use the new scenario.
Effects on Customizing
1. In Customizing for Asset Accounting, activate segment reporting.
For information on the effects of activating segment reporting in the system, see
the documentation in the Implementation Guide for the activity Activate
Segment Reporting.
a) Ensure that the prerequisites listed in this activity are met.
b) Activate segment reporting.
c) Perform the other activities specified in this activity.
In particular, you must perform the activity Fill Master Data for Segment
Reporting.
2. The aggregated report on changes in tangible assets is provided via POWL
technology. To be able to use this report, you need to have activated the
business function Reporting Financials 3 (FIN_REP_SIMPL_3), and the role
FINREP needs to be assigned to you.
3. Two sets are used for the aggregated report on changes in tangible assets:
- Column set: The Consolidation Transaction Type (RMVCT) is used in
the columns of the report. To be able to run the report and before postings
can be made, the transaction type from Asset Accounting must be linked
with the consolidation transaction type.
You can combine multiple consolidation transaction types for one column.
The standard delivery contains the example set for columns:
FAGL_CONS_TRANSACTION.
- Row set: As the Fixed Asset field is not available in new General Ledger
Accounting, the G/L account is used for the rows.
Here also, you can combine multiple accounts into one row and give it a
name.
The standard delivery contains the example set for rows:
FAGL_ASSET_HISTORY_SHEET.
See also
For more information, see:
o The central release note for the business function FIN_GL_REORG_1: Profit
Ctr Reorganization and Segment Reports (New).
o The release note Reorganization of Fixed Assets
o The SAP Library under SAP ERP Central Component -> Accounting ->
Financial Accounting (FI).
- Under General Ledger Accounting (FI-GL) (New) -> Reporting ->
Financial Statements -> Segment Reporting for Fixed Assets and
- Under Asset Accounting (FI-AA) -> Information System -> Standard
Reports -> Segment Reporting for Fixed Assets
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 104 of 222
Business Function FI, Localiz. for China, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates
FIN_LOC_CI_11: Business Function FI, Localiz. for China, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), the business
function FI, Localiz. for China, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates (FIN_LOC_CI_11) is
available. You can use this business function to meet the business requirements in the
Financial Accounting (FI) component for China, Saudi Arabia, and United Arab
Emirates.
For more information, see the following release notes:
China
o Financial Statements
o Cash Flow Statements
o Official Document Numbering
o Time Dependent Text for G/L Account
o G/L Account Balances
o G/L Account Vouchers
o P&L Carry Forward
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
FI Localization for Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
United Arab Emirates
FI Localization for United Arab Emirates
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business
Functions -> Accounting -> Country-Specific Business Functions -> FI, Localiz. for
China, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 105 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_11: Financial Statements (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business
function FI, Localiz. for China, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates (FIN_LOC_CI_11),
you can create the balance sheet and profit and loss (P&L) statement (financial
statements) periodically with the Financial Statement program in accordance with the
enterprise accounting rules and print them out in the structured format prescribed by
law.
Effects on Existing Data
The area menu has been enhanced by the following new entry:
Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Periodic Processing ->
Closing -> Report -> General Ledger Reports (New) -> Financial Statement/Cash Flow
-> China -> Financial Statement
Effects on Customizing
You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Financial
Accounting (New) (FI), in the following Customizing activities:
o Define Financial Statement Versions
o Assign PDF Forms to Programs
o Define Form Structure for Financial Statement
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP
ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific -> China ->
Financial Accounting -> General Ledger Accounting -> Financial Reporting -> Statutory
Reports -> Financial Statements.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 106 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_11: Cash Flow Statements (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business
function FI, Localiz. for China, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates (FIN_LOC_CI_11),
you can create the cash flow statement with the Cash Flow Statement program as
required by the general accepted accounting principle (China GAAP) and print them out
in the format prescribed by law.
Effects on Existing Data
The area menu has been enhanced by the following new entry:
Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Periodic Processing ->
Closing -> Report -> General Ledger Reports (New) -> Financial Statement/Cash Flow
-> China -> Cash Flow Statement
Effects on Customizing
You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Financial
Accounting (New) (FI), in the following Customizing activities:
o Assign PDF Form to Programs
o Define Cash Flow Statement Versions
o BAdI: Cash Flow Statement
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP
ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific -> China ->
Financial Accounting -> General Ledger Accounting -> Financial Reporting -> Statutory
Reports -> Cash Flow Statements.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 107 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_11: Official Document Numbering by Period (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function
FI, Localiz. for China, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates (FIN_LOC_CI_11), you
can generate official document numbers for accounting documents or journal entries
that are to be submitted to the tax authorities.
Effects on Customizing
You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Cross-
Application Document Numbering, under the following Customizing activities:
o Maintain Document Classes
o Assign Document Classes to Document Types
o Maintain Number Groups
o Maintain Number Ranges
o Assign Number Group to Company Code
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific ->
China -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger Accounting -> Financial
Reporting -> Official Document Numbering.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 108 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_11 Time Dept. Text for G/L Acc. China (Enhanced)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function
FI, Localiz. for China, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates (FIN_LOC_CI_11), you
can maintain the short text and the long text of a G/L account master record.
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific ->
China -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger Accounting -> Chart of
Accounts.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 109 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_11: G/L Account Balances for China
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business
function FI, Localiz. for China, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates (FIN_LOC_CI_11),
you can print the posted cash and bank vouchers on the legal forms in the Financial
Accounting (FI) component for China.
Effects on Customizing
You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Financial
Accounting (New) (FI), in the Customizing activity Define PDF Form for Programs.
You can implement BAdI: G/L Account Balances under Financial Accounting
(New) (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting (New) -> Periodic Processing -> Report ->
Statutory Reporting: China -> Financial Reporting -> G/L Account Balances.
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP
ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific -> China ->
Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting -> Financial Reporting.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 110 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_11: G/L Account Vouchers for China
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business
function FI, Localiz. for China, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates (FIN_LOC_CI_11),
you can print the G/L account vouchers on the legal form in the Financial Accounting
(FI) component for China.
Effects on Customizing
You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Financial
Accounting (New) (FI), in the following Customizing activities:
o Assign Document Types to G/L Account Voucher Types.
o Define PDF Form for Programs
You can implement BAdI: G/L Account Vouchers under Financial Accounting
(New) (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting (New) -> Periodic Processing -> Report ->
Statutory Reporting: China -> Financial Reporting -> G/L Account Vouchers.
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP
ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific -> China ->
Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting -> Financial Reporting.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 111 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_11: P&L Carry Forward for China
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business
function FI, Localiz. for China, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates (FIN_LOC_CI_11),
you can activate the account closing method per company code in the Financial
Accounting (FI) component for China.
Effects on Customizing
You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Financial
Accounting (New) (FI), in the Customizing activity Activate P&L Carry Forward for Company Code.
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP
ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific -> China >
Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Legder Reporting -> Financial Reporting.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 112 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_11: FI Localization for Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), the business
function FI, Localiz. for China, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates (FIN_LOC_CI_11) is
available. With this business function, you can use the following features in the
Financial Accounting (FI) component for the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia:
o Withholding Tax
The withholding tax return form (IDWTCERT_SA ) is now available and you can
submit the form to notify the Department of Zakat and Income Tax of all tax that
you withhold on payments to a nonresident.
o Bill of Exchange / Postdated Checks
o Zakat Levy Declaration
This report (RFIDSAU_ZAKAT) allows you to prepare year-end Zakat declaration
statement in the format required by Saudi Social Security Department.
Effects on Customizing
You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Financial
Accounting (New) (FI), in the following Customizing activities:
o Define PDF Form for Programs
o Define Form Structure for Financial Statement
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP
ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific -> Saudi
Arabia.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 113 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_11: FI Localization for United Arab Emirates
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), the business
function FI, Localiz. for China, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates (FIN_LOC_CI_11) is
available. With this business function, you can use the Bills of Exchange / Postdated
Checks function in the Financial Accounting (FI) component for United Arab Emirates.
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP
ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific -> United
Arab Emirates.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 114 of 222
Business Function FI, LO Localization for China
FIN_LOC_CI_13: Business Function FI, Localization for China (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 SP05 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), the
business function FI, Localization for China (FIN_LOC_CI_13) is available. You can
use this business function to meet the business requirements in the Financial
Accounting (FI) component for China.
The following new and enhanced functions are available for country version China. For
more information, refer the following release notes:
o General Ledger Account Attributes
o Financial Statements
o Official Document Numbering
o Account Level Hierarchy
o G/L Account Balances
o G/L Account Vouchers
o P&L Carry Forward
o Aging Reports
o GR/IR Analysis Reports
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP under Business Functions (SAP Enhancement Package 5 for
SAP ERP 6.0) -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Country-Specific
Business Functions -> FI, Localization for China
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 115 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_13: General Ledger Account Attributes (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 SP05 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605),
business function FI, Localization for China (FIN_LOC_CI_13), you can maintain the
following attributes for G/L accounts:
o G/L account description for the current date or for a date in the past or for a date
valid in the future
o Old G/L account number
The system displays these descriptions of the old and new G/L accounts when you
execute Account Document Output (RFIDCN_ACC_DOC) report.
Effects on Existing Data
A new tab, Enhancement for China, is available in the Change G/L Account Centrally
(FS00) screen, which enables you to maintain country specific attributes such as the
G/L account description and old G/L account number.
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP
ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific -> China ->
Financial Accounting -> General Ledger Accounting -> Maintain General Ledger
Account Attributes
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 116 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_13: Financial Statements (Enhanced)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 SP05 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605),
business function FI, Localization for China (FIN_LOC_CI_13), you can create the
following using the Financial Statement program:
o Balance sheet and profit and loss (P&L) statement (financial statements) per
profit center
o Balance sheet and profit and loss (P&L) statement (financial statements) per
business area
o Balance sheet and profit and loss (P&L) statement (financial statements) in
different currencies apart from the first local currency
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP
ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific -> China ->
Financial Accounting -> General Ledger Accounting -> Financial Reporting -> Statutory
Reports -> Financial Statements
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 117 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_13: Official Document Numbering by Period (Enhanced)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 SP05 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605),
business function FI, Localization for China (FIN_LOC_CI_13), you can assign official
document numbers for financial documents such as accounting documents or journal
entries regardless of the component from which those financial documents originate.
You can also make settings for not assigning official document numbers for clearing
accounting documents without line items.
Effects on Customizing
You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Cross-
Application Components under General Application Functions -> Cross-Application
Document Numbering -> China -> Automatic Document Numbering:
o Activate Document Numbering for Company Code
o Maintain Settings for Clearing Accounting Documents Without Line Items.
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP
ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific -> China ->
Financial Accounting -> General Ledger Accounting -> Financial Reporting -> Official
Document Numbering
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 118 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_13: Account Level Hierarchy (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 SP05 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605),
business function FI, Localization for China (FIN_LOC_CI_13), you can create and
maintain hierarchies of G/L accounts from chart of accounts. The G/L Account
Balances report uses this account level hierarchy to generate and display the list of G/L
account balance documents according to the hierarchy that you have maintained.
Effects on Existing Data
A new transaction Account Level Hierarchy (China) (IDCNALG) is available which you
can use to create and maintain account level hierarchies.
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP
ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific -> China ->
Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting -> Financial Reporting
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 119 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_13: G/L Account Balances for China (Enhanced)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 SP05 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605),
business function FI, Localization for China (FIN_LOC_CI_13), the Account Balance
Output (China) report has the following features:
o Display of balances and cumulative data of carried forward balances in the G/L
account balance documents
o Generate G/L account balance documents according to the account level
hierarchy maintained in the chart of accounts
o Generate G/L account balance documents in PDF format
o Execution of the report for a particular cost center or profit center
o Display of accumulated balances in the output is optional
o Display of selection information in ALV output
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP
ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific -> China ->
Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting -> Financial Reporting
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 120 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_13: G/L Account Vouchers for China (Enhanced)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 SP05 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605),
business function FI, Localization for China (FIN_LOC_CI_13), the Account Document
Output report has the following features:
o Display of list of G/L account vouchers in the ALV output. You can open each
account voucher document in the list to view the details
o Direct printing of G/L account vouchers
o Generate account vouchers in PDF format. Program updates default title for
PDF document based on the voucher type selected. The default title can be
changed if required.
o Display of FI document number in the PDF output.
o Assign different account voucher type to the account voucher document other
than the account voucher type specified in customizing
o Display of additional data such as profit center name, cost center name and so
on in the ALV output
o Display of descriptions of old and new G/L accounts in the account voucher
documents
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP
ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific -> China ->
Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting -> Financial Reporting
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 121 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_13: P&L Carry Forward for China (Enhanced)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 SP05 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605),
business function FI, Localization for China (FIN_LOC_CI_13), the P&L Carry Forward
report has the following features:
o You can run the report in simulation mode.
o You can run the report in simulation mode and collect all items in one document.
This method enables you to view the simulated results, generate FI documents,
and post it directly if required.
o You can run the report in update mode and choose to collect items in one
document for multiple posting periods. The report generates batch input for each
posting period specified.
o You can post the G/L documents directly for single or multiple posting periods
using this report.
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> SAP
ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-Pacific -> China ->
Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting -> Financial Reporting
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 122 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_13: Aging Reports (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business
function FI, Localization for China (FIN_LOC_CI_13), you can use the aging reports
for the following purposes:
o Display a list of credit or debit balances that have aged by the specified time
interval in the ALV output format.
You can navigate to the details of the document from the list.
o Display the remaining credits in the credit aging report
o Perform a multi-dimensional selection
o Analyze the historical data of aging reports
o Generate the crystal report output
o Calculate aging data based on the invoice base line date or the payment due
date
o Display the amounts in the transaction currency
Effects on Existing Data
The SAP menu contains the following new entries:
o You check A/P aging data in the SAP Easy Access screen under Accounting -
> Financial Accounting -> Accounts Payable -> Periodic Processing ->
Country-Specific Functions -> China -> A/P Aging Report (transaction
IDCNAP).
o You check A/R aging data in the SAP Easy Access screen under Accounting -
> Financial Accounting -> Accounts Receivable-> Periodic Processing ->
Country-Specific Functions -> China -> A/R Aging Report (transaction
IDCNAR).
Effects on Customizing
You can implement the Business Add-Ins for this function in Customizing for Financial
Accounting (New), in General Ledger Accounting (New) -> Periodic Processing ->
Report -> Statutory Reporting: China -> Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) -> BAdI: A/P Aging Report and BAdI: A/R Aging Report.
See also
Release Note FIN_LOC_CI_13: Business Function FI, Localization for China (New)
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 123 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_13: GR/IR Analysis Reports (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business
function FI, Localization for China (FIN_LOC_CI_13), you can use the GR/IR analysis
reports for the following purposes:
o Display a list of the products that are delivered but not invoiced in the ALV output
format
You can navigate to the details of the document from the list.
o Display a list of the materials that are invoiced but not delivered in the ALV
output format
You can navigate to the details of the document from the list.
o Analyze the purchase order items and vendor information that are relevant for
the selected GR/IR transactions
o Display storage location and purchase organization data
o Generate the crystal report output
o Display tax amounts at the line item level
o Display the amounts in the transaction currency
Effects on Existing Data
The SAP menu contains the following new entries:
o You check the GR/IR clearing data in the SAP Easy Access screen under
Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> Accounts Payable -> Periodic
Processing -> Country-Specific Functions -> China -> GR/IR Clearing for
Invoiced But Not Delivered (transaction IDCNGRIR_BNG) and GR/IR Clearing
for Delivered But Not Invoiced (transaction IDCNGRIR_GNB).
Effects on Customizing
You can implement the Business Add-Ins for this function in Customizing for Financial
Accounting (New), in General Ledger Accounting (New) -> Periodic Processing ->
Report -> Statutory Reporting: China -> Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) -> BAdI: GR/IR Clearing for Delivered But Not Invoiced Transactions and BAdI: GR/IR Clearing for Invoiced But Not Yet Delivered Transactions.
See also
Release Note FIN_LOC_CI_13: Business Function FI, Localization for China (New)
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 124 of 222
Business Function FI, Electronic Payment Integration for China
FIN_LOC_CI_16: FI, Electronic Payment Integration for China (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 SP05 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605),
business function FI, Electronic Payment Integration for China (FIN_LOC_CI_16), you
can prepare, approve and make domestic payments using bank transfer electronically
on a single screen. The enhanced functions of the Electronic Payment Integration
(China) program allow you to set up an approval process for items to be paid. This
process can involve any number of approvers on different authorization levels.
Approvers can approve or reject items or groups of items; and even release items up to
a certain amount direct for payment. You can create and send payment files direct from
your SAP ERP system to a bank of your choice using Remote Function Calls (RFC).
You can also query information from the bank direct from your SAP ERP system.
Effects on Existing Data
Functions from existing payment-related programs and applications have been
integrated into this solution and can be accessed from a single transaction. These
functions include the following:
o Payment Program (F110): Creation of payment proposals and making payments
o Data Medium Exchange Engine (DMEE) and Payment Medium Workbench:
Creation of outgoing payment files and messages
Effects on Data Transfer
Using Electronic Payment Integration (China), you can send payment files direct from
your SAP ERP system to a bank of your choice using a Remote Function Call
connection. You do not have to download the file content and use a third-party software
to send it. You can communication direct using RFC with the bank's communication
client. You can also query information from the bank, such as the status of items sent in
payment files or the balance of a house bank account.
Effects on System Administration
You use the following authorization objects to control access to the actions needed for
payment processing and approvals:
o Automatic Payment: Activity Authorization for Company Codes (F_REGU_BUK).
This authorization object controls access to the functions for running payment
proposals, starting payment runs and sending payment files.
o Payment Release: Authority Object by Company Code and Action
(F_PRL_BUK). This authorization object controls access to the functions for
processing and approving items to be paid.
o Authorization to Execute Bank Queries (F_EPIC_BKQ). This authorization object
controls access to functions for sending queries to your house banks.
Effects on Customizing
To be able to use the functions of Electronic Payment Integration (China), you must do
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 125 of 222
the following:
o Activate certain settings for the Payment Release List, and set up the payment
program and payment files in Customizing. For more information, see Related Customizing for Electronic Payment Integration in Customizing for
Financial Accounting (New) -> Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable ->
Business Transactions -> Outgoing Payments -> Country Specifics -> China ->
Electronic Payment Integration.
o Set up the communication channel between your SAP systems and your house
banks by completing the following Customizing activities:
- Set Up House Bank Communication
- Define Service Operation Type Codes for Queries
- Add Details for Service Operation Type Codes
o Set up an approval process to meet your business requirements. You must
assign users as approvers and their respective levels by implementing the
Approval Process Setup Business Add-In (BAdI).
Caution: Be aware that the implementation of the Approval Process Setup BAdI
may require considerable planning and extra implementation effort. We highly
recommend that you copy one of the example BAdI implementations delivered
with the Approval Process Setup BAdI as a starting point for setting up your own
approval process.
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP under Business Functions (SAP Enhancement Package 5 for
SAP ERP 6.0) -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Country-Specific
Business Functions -> FI, Electronic Payment Integration for China
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 126 of 222
Business Function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia
FIN_LOC_CI_7: Business Function FI, LO Topics for CL, IN, PT, RU (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), the business
function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia
(FIN_LOC_CI_7) is available.
With this business function, you can meet business requirements in the following
components and countries:
o Financial Accounting (FI) component for Chile
o Materials Management (MM) component for India
o Asset Accounting (FI-AA) component for Portugal
o Financial Accounting (FI), Sales and Distribution (SD), Materials
Management (MM), and Logistics Execution (LE) components for Russia
For more information, see the following release notes:
o Asset Accounting, Russia (Enhanced)
o Contract Processing, Russia (New)
o Deal Passports, Russia (New)
o Export Customs Declarations, Russia (New)
o Import Customs Declarations, Russia (New)
o Financial Statements, Russia (New)
o Foreign Currency Valuation History, Russia (New)
o Form Printing, Russia (Enhanced)
o Negative Posting, Russia (Enhanced)
o Offsetting Account Determination, Russia (Enhanced)
o Value-Added Tax, Russia (Enhanced)
o VAT for Goods in Transit, Russia (New)
o FI Summarization, Chile (New)
o Assigning Tax Code Based on Region, India (Enhanced)
o Free Revaluation of Fixed Assets, Portugal (New)
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business
Functions -> Accounting -> Country-Specific Business Functions -> FI, LO
Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 127 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_7 Asset Accounting, Russia (Enhanced)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business
function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia
(FIN_LOC_CI_7), you can use the following new features in Asset Accounting (FI-
AA):
o You can add Russia-specific fields to standard asset accounting reports
o You can enter the KPP number on the selection screen of the Transport Tax Return program and include it in the output
Effects on Existing Data
The following changes have been made:
o New nodes have been added to the logical database ADA for the tables
GLOFAAASSETDATA and GLOFAATMDPNDNT
o The new field Subdivision's KPP has been added to the selection screen of the
Transport Tax Return program
Effects on Customizing
You make the Customizing settings for adding Russian fields to standard asset
accounting reports in Customizing for Financial Accounting (New), in the following
Customizing activities:
o Customizing Include: Add Russian Fields to Logical Database
o Customizing Include: Add Russian Fields to Reports
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Europe and
Africa -> Russia -> Financial Accounting (FI) -> Asset Accounting (FI-AA) ->
o Customizing -> Customizing for Russian Fields in Asset Accounting
Reports
o Tax Returns -> Transport Tax -> Transport Tax Return
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 128 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_7 Contract Processing, Russia (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business
function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia
(FIN_LOC_CI_7), you can use the following new functions for contract processing:
o The system can automatically fill the Assignment Number field of the
accounting document with the internal contract number when the
accounting document is generated in the background during a standard sales or
purchasing process.
o You can group or filter data based on the contract number in various reports.
o You can manage payments, documents, or any payables or receivables that
belong to different contracts separately.
Effects on Existing Data
The area menu has been enhanced by the following new entries for maintaining
internal contract numbers:
o Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> Accounts Receivable -> Document -
> Country-Specific Functions -> Russia -> Maintain Internal Contract
Numbers
o Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> Accounts Payable -> Document ->
Country-Specific Functions -> Russia -> Maintain Internal Contract
Numbers
The selection screens of the following programs have been updated to allow filtering
and/or grouping of data based on contract numbers:
o Customer Turnover Balance Sheet (Russia)
o Vendor Turnover Balance Sheet (Russia)
o Customer Payment Analysis (Russia)
o Vendor Payment Analysis (Russia)
o Customer Balance Notification (Russia)
o Vendor Balance Notification (Russia)
o Automatic Clearing, Accounts Receivable (Russia)
o Automatic Clearing, Accounts Payable (Russia)
o Balance Sheet Supplement - OI - Analysis
Effects on Customizing
You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Financial
Accounting (New), under the following Customizing activities:
o Define Rules for Automatic Contract Number Filling
o Define DMS Document Types for Contract Processing
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 129 of 222
SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Europe and
Africa -> Russia -> Financial Accounting (FI) -> Accounts Payable (FI-AP) or
Accounts Receivable (FI-AR) ->
o Business Transactions -> Contract Number Maintenance in Accounting
Documents
o Closing -> Reclassification Based on Contract Numbers
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 130 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_7 Deal Passports, Russia (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business
function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia
(FIN_LOC_CI_7), you can use the following functions for deal passports:
o You can create, change, display, or delete deal passport data in the system.
o You can use a report to display the history of changes that you made to deal
passports.
Effects on Existing Data
The area menu has been enhanced by the following new entries to access the
transactions for the new functions:
Logistics -> Materials Management AND Sales and Distribution -> Foreign
Trade/Customs -> Country-Specific Functions -> Russia -> Deal Passport ->
o Maintain Deal Passports
o Deal Passport Change History
Effects on System Administration
You use the Deal Passport Maintenance (J_3RF_POD) authorization object to control
the authorizations required for creating, displaying, changing, and deleting deal
passport data.
Effects on Customizing
You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Sales and
Distribution (SD) or Materials Management (MM), in the following Customizing
activities:
o Define System Message Attributes for Deal Passport
o BAdI: Contract Data Source for Deal Passport
o BAdI: Screen Enhancement for Deal Passport
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Europe and
Africa -> Russia -> Sales and Distribution (SD) ->
o Business Transactions -> Deal Passport Maintenance
o Reports -> Deal Passport Change History
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 131 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_7 Export Customs Declarations, Russia (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business
function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia
(FIN_LOC_CI_7), you can use the following functions for export customs declarations:
o You can create, change, display, and delete export customs declaration data in
the system.
You can create three types of export customs declarations:
- Temporary customs declarations
- Final customs declarations
- Corrective customs declarations
o You can create links between the line items of export customs declarations and
SD or MM documents (delivery documents, SD invoice, purchase order, material
documents).
o You can calculate and post customs fees and duties for export customs
declarations.
o You can use a report to display the data of export customs declarations and the
documents to which they have a reference.
o You can use a report to display the history of changes that you made to export
customs declarations.
o The Create Secondary Events for Exports (Russia) program can retrieve data
from export customs declarations to verify exports.
Effects on Existing Data
o The area menu has been enhanced by the following new entries to access the
transactions for the new functions:
Logistics -> Materials Management AND Sales and Distribution -> Foreign
Trade/Customs -> Country-Specific Functions -> Russia -> Export Customs
Declaration ->
- Create Customs Declaration Data
- Change Customs Declaration Data
- Display Customs Declaration Data
- Customs Declaration Change History
- Customs Declarations Report
o The selection screen of the Create Secondary Events for Exports (Russia)
(J_3RSINVOICE) program has been enhanced by new fields that allow you to
retrieve data from export customs declarations.
Effects on System Administration
You use the Export Customs Declaration Maintenance (J_3RF_CCD) authorization
object to control the authorizations required for creating, displaying, changing, and
deleting customs declaration data.
Effects on Customizing
You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Sales and
Distribution (SD) or Materials Management (MM), in the following Customizing
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 132 of 222
activities:
o Define Customs Declaration Types
o Define Customs Declaration Statuses
o Define Shipping Types
o Assign Pric. Procedures and Cond. Types to CDec Types
o Define Posting Rules for Customs Fees and Duties
o Define System Message Attributes for Customs Declarations
o BAdI: Export Customs Declaration Enhancement
o BAdI: Enhancement for CDec Header Screen
o BAdI: Enhancement for CDec Item Screen
You can also use sample Customizing settings for export customs declarations
delivered in the J_3RS_EXPORT_FEES_DUTIES Business Configuration (BC) set.
You can activate this BC set and adjust its settings to match your own specific
requirements.
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Europe and
Africa -> Russia -> Sales and Distribution (SD) ->
o Business Transactions -> Export Customs Declarations
o Reports -> Reports for Export Customs Declarations
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 133 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_7 Import Customs Declarations, Russia (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business
function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia
(FIN_LOC_CI_7), you can use the following functions for import customs declarations:
o You can enter and maintain customs declaration data in the system.
o The system can automatically assign customs declaration items to material and
billing document items when posting.
o You can use a report to display the data of customs declaration items and their
assignments to material and billing document items.
o You can include the customs declaration number and country of origin data in
the printed VAT invoice.
Effects on Existing Data
The area menu has been enhanced by the following new entries to access the
transactions for the new functions:
Logistics -> Materials Management AND Sales and Distribution -> Foreign
Trade/Customs -> Country-Specific Functions -> Russia -> Import Customs
Declaration ->
o Maintain Customs Declaration Data
o Maintain Mass Customs Declaration Data
o Customs Declaration Assignments
Effects on System Administration
You use the Import Customs Declarations Maintenance (J_3RF_GTD) authorization
object to control the authorizations required for creating, displaying, changing, and
deleting import customs declaration data.
Effects on Customizing
You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Sales and
Distribution (SD) or Materials Management (MM), in the following Customizing
activities:
o Define Material Movement Types for Customs Decl. Tracking
o Define Billing Types for Customs Declaration Tracking
o BAdI: Customs Declaration Tracking
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Europe and
Africa -> Russia -> Sales and Distribution (SD) or Materials Management (MM) ->
o Business Transactions-> Import Customs Declarations
o Reports-> Reports for Import Customs Declarations
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 134 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_7 Financial Statements, Russia (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business
function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia
(FIN_LOC_CI_7), you can use the Financial Statements (Russia) report to create
XML or PDF files in legal format for the following financial statements:
o Balance sheet (Form 1)
o Profit and loss statement (Form 2)
o Statement of changes in stockholders' equity (Form 3)
o Supplement to balance sheet (Form 5)
Effects on Existing Data
The area menu has been enhanced by the following new entry to access the
transaction for the new report:
Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Information System ->
General Ledger Reports (New) -> Financial Statement / Cash Flow -> Russia ->
Financial Statements (Legal Format) -> Financial Statements
Effects on Customizing
You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Financial
Accounting (New), in the following Customizing activities:
o Define Financial Statement Versions
o BAdI: Output Change for Financial Statements
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Europe and
Africa -> Russia -> Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting (FI-
GL) -> Statutory Reports -> Financial Statements -> Financial Statements Report
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 135 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_7 Foreign Currency Valuation History, Russia (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business
function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia
(FIN_LOC_CI_7), you can use the Foreign Currency Valuation History (Russia)
report to display the history of foreign currency valuations for any open or closed
document items in G/L, customer, or vendor accounts.
Effects on Existing Data
The area menu has been enhanced by the following new entries to access the Foreign
Currency Valuation History (Russia) report:
o Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Periodic
Processing -> Closing -> Valuate -> Country-Specific Functions -> Russia -
> Foreign Currency Valuation History
o Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> Accounts Payable -> Periodic
Processing -> Closing -> Valuate -> Country-Specific Functions -> Russia -
> Foreign Currency Valuation History
o Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> Accounts Receivable -> Periodic
Processing -> Closing -> Valuate -> Country-Specific Functions -> Russia -
> Foreign Currency Valuation History
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Europe and
Africa -> Russia -> Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting (FI-
GL) -> Reports -> Foreign Currency Valuation History.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 136 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_7 Form Printing, Russia (Enhanced)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business
function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia
(FIN_LOC_CI_7), you can print the following legal forms using the ADOBE form
template:
o Record of Storage Placement for Materials (MX-1)
o Record of Return from Storage for Inventory Holdings (MX-3)
o Record of Internal Transfer of Goods (TORG-13)
o Cash Voucher Register (KO-3)
o Cash Journal (KO-4)
Effects on Customizing
MX-1, MX-3 and TORG-13
To print these forms from a material document, you make the Customizing settings in
Customizing for Materials Management, in the following activities:
o Maintain Output Types
o Maintain Output Determination Procedures
o Maintain Conditions
To print these forms from an inbound/outbound delivery, you make the Customizing
settings in Customizing for Logistics Execution, in the following activities:
o Define Output Types for Inbound Delivery
o Maintain Output Determination Procedure
If you want to edit the form content before you print the MX-1, MX-3 or TORG-13 forms,
you can implement the following Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) in Customizing for
Materials Management (MM) or Logistics Execution (LE):
o BAdI: Forms MX-1 and MX-3
o BAdI: Form TORG-13
KO-3 & KO-4
You make the Customizing settings for this function in the following activities:
o In Customizing for Payroll, in Set Up Line Item Text
o In Customizing for Financial Accounting (FI), in Set Up Print Parameters for Cash Journal
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Europe and
Africa -> Russia ->
o Financial Accounting (FI) -> Bank Accounting (FI-BL) -> Cash Journal ->
Statutory Cash Journal Reports
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 137 of 222
o Materials Management (MM) or Logistics Execution (LE) -> Business
Transactions
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 138 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_7 Negative Posting, Russia (Enhanced)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business
function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia
(FIN_LOC_CI_7), you can use negative posting in the following functions:
o Clearing documents in Financial Accounting (FI)
The negative posting in clearing documents function replaces the function
described in SAP Notes 1116613 and 1116463.
o Repeated depreciation posting run
o Canceling billing documents in Sales and Distribution (SD)
When you cancel billing documents, you can also indicate the reversal reason in
the reversal documents.
Effects on Existing Data
The selection screen of the Cancel Billing Document program (SAPMV60A) has
been enhanced with the new field Reversal Reason.
The new Negative posting - reversal reason as selected value has been added to
the list of negative posting types, which you can select from input help of the
Negative posting field when you define billing types.
Effects on Customizing
You make the Customizing settings for the negative posting in clearing documents
function in Customizing for Financial Accounting (New), in the following Customizing
activities:
o You activate negative posting for the country in the new Customizing
activityActivate Negative Posting for Country.
o You permit negative posting for the company code in the Customizing activity
Enter Global Parameters.
o You permit negative posting for the accounting document type in the
Customizing activity Define Document Types for Entry View.
You make the Customizing settings for the negative posting in repeated
depreciation posting run function, in the following Customizing activities:
o You permit negative posting separately for each depreciation area assigned to
the chart of depreciation in the new Customizing activity Permit Negative Posting.
o You permit negative posting for the company code in the Customizing activity
Enter Global Parameters.
o You permit negative posting for the accounting document type used for
depreciation posting in the Customizing activity Define Document Types for Entry View.
You make the Customizing settings for the negative posting in billing documents
function, in the following Customizing activities:
o You permit negative posting for the company code in the Customizing activity
Enter Global Parameters.
o You permit negative posting for the reversal accounting document type in the
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 139 of 222
Customizing activity Define Document Types for Entry View.
o You set the negative posting type for the cancellation billing document type in the
Customizing activity Define Billing Types.
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Europe and
Africa -> Russia ->
o Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting (FI-GL) or
Accounts Payable (FI-AP) or Accounts Receivable (FI-AR) -> Business
Transactions -> Negative Posting in Clearing
o Financial Accounting (FI) -> Asset Accounting (FI-AA) -> Periodic
Processing -> Negative Posting in Depreciation Posting Run
o Sales and Distribution (SD) -> Business Transactions -> Negative Posting
in Billing Documents
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 140 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_7 Offsetting Acc. Determination Russia (Enhanced)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business
function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia
(FIN_LOC_CI_7), you can use the following enhanced features of the offsetting
account determination solution:
o The Online Offsetting Account Determination function allows you to automatically
determine offsetting accounts in the background each time when an accounting
document is posted.
o You can determine offsetting accounts in a ledger other than the leading ledger.
The system then uses the postings in offsetting accounts in the non-leading
ledger when processing data for the following reports:
- Automatic Offsetting Account Determination
- Manual Offsetting Account Determination
- General Ledger Report
- Unprocessed Accounting Documents
- Register of Amounts Posted to G/L Accounts
- Account Balances (both for local and foreign currency)
- Account Balance Comparison (both for local and foreign currency)
- Defined Correspondence Documents List
Effects on Customizing
You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Financial
Accounting (New), in the following Customizing activities:
o Use Non-Leading Ledger for Offsetting Account Determination
o Activate Online Offsetting Account Determination
o Define System Message Attributes
o Define Accounting Clerks
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Europe and
Africa -> Russia -> Financial Accounting (FI) -> General Ledger Accounting (FI-
GL) -> Business Transactions -> Offsetting Account Determination.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 141 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_7 Value-Added Tax, Russia (Enhanced)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business
function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia
(FIN_LOC_CI_7), you can use the following enhanced features for value-added tax
calculation and reporting:
o The Separate VAT Accounting function allows you to calculate and report input
VAT, separated by VAT-free and 0% operations as required by law.
o You can create your own tax grouping versions for invoices that are to be
processed in a certain way, for example, for incoming invoices that have to be
processed by the Separate VAT Accounting function or for invoices from vendors
for which you act as a tax agent.
o You can prepare the Tax Agent section of your VAT return separately for each
business partner.
Effects on Existing Data
The user interface for printing the VAT return has been reworked for usability reasons.
The fields related to Section 2 (tax agent transactions) are now grouped together.
The area menu for Russian tax reports has been enhanced by the following new
entries for separate VAT accounting:
o Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Reporting -> Tax
Reports -> Russia -> Separate VAT Accounting -> Edit VAT Coefficients
o Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Reporting -> Tax
Reports -> Russia -> Separate VAT Accounting -> Separate Input VAT
o Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Reporting -> Tax
Reports -> Russia -> Separate VAT Accounting -> Link Outgoing 0%
Invoices
Effects on Customizing
You make the settings for these functions in Customizing for Financial Accounting in
the following Customizing activities:
o Enter Global Parameters.
o Check Calculation Procedure
o Define Tax Codes for Sales and Purchases
o Name Tax Grouping Version.
o Assign Tax Items to VAT Base Columns
o Specify Tax Codes for Invoice Items Whose Usage Changes
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
SAP ERP Central Components -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Europe and
Africa -> Russia -> Financial Accounting -> Taxes -> Value-Added Tax (VAT).
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 142 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_7 VAT for Goods in Transit, Russia (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business
function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia
(FIN_LOC_CI_7), you can post VAT from billing documents in case goods have been
shipped but the ownership of the goods is transferred at goods acceptance only.
You can use the new VAT for Goods in Transit (Russia) program to perform the
following functions:
o Post VAT from billing documents in Sales and Distribution (SD)
o Release billing documents to Financial Accounting (FI) when ownership
transfer happens
o Clear the accounting documents created during VAT posting with FI invoices
o Reverse VAT posting documents and clearing documents if the relevant billing
document has been cancelled
o Check the statuses of billing documents in this process
You can also reflect these VAT posting documents in the sales ledger, outgoing invoice
journal, and VAT invoice.
Effects on Existing Data
The area menu has been enhanced by the following new entry to access the
transaction for the new program:
Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Reporting -> Tax
Reports -> Russia -> VAT for Goods in Transit
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Europe and
Africa -> Russia -> Financial Accounting (FI) -> Taxes (FI-AP/AR) -> Value-Added
Tax -> Closing for VAT -> VAT for Goods in Transit
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 143 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_7 FI Summarization - Material Ledger Chile (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business
function FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia
(FIN_LOC_CI_7), you can summarize the line items for Financial Accounting (FI)
documents that have identical G/L account assignment, material number, plant, and
base unit of measure but different debit/credit values.
Effects on Existing Data
A new field FI Summarization active has been added to the selection screen of the
Material Ledger (Chile) program.
Effects on Customizing
You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Financial
Accounting (FI), in Perform Document Summarization for Materials Management.
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Americas ->
Chile -> Financials -> General Ledger Accounting -> Reporting -> Material
Ledger.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 144 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_7: Assigning Tax Code Based on Region, India (Enhanced)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function
FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal, Russia (FIN_LOC_CI_7), you
can set the system to assign the tax code to a material in the Purchase Order/
Scheduling Agreement based on the Region (MM) from where the material is
dispatched.
Effects on Existing Data
A new field, Max. Retail Price Relevant, is added to the initial screen of the Change
Info Record report under the Control section in order to indicate if an article is
maximum retail price (MRP) relevant.
Effects on Customizing
You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Materials
Management -> Purchasing -> Taxes -> Country-Specific Settings for India
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
Industries in SAP ERP-> SAP Retail -> Merchandise Logistics -> Country -
Specifics
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 145 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_7: Free Revaluation of Fixed Assets, Portugal (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function
FI, LO Localization Topics for Chile, India, Portugal and Russia (FIN_LOC_CI_7),
you can use this new solution for free revaluation of the fixed assets.
In Portugal, companies can make a free revaluation of their fixed assets if it suits their
business needs. If the company does so, they have to report free revaluations the
same way they report the legal revaluations using Asset Report Print Program (Portugal) (RAIDPT02 ) report.
The process for free revaluation of an asset is exactly the same as legal revaluations,
except that:
o Revaluation co-efficient is not given by law but determined by the company
o Depreciation corresponding to the revaluation value is not tax relevant
The Asset Report Print Program (Portugal) (RAIDPT02 ) report now
generates a new form Mapa 33.30 to report free revaluation.
Note
Only assets that are still active and not totally depreciated can be revaluated by a free
revaluation.
Effects on Customizing
You can customize the system so that the edict number 15 and above are reserved
for free revaluations. You can do so under Customizing for Financial Accounting (FI)
under Asset Accounting -> Special Valuation -> Revaluation of Fixed Assets ->
Settings for Mapas Fiscais Portugal.
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
SAP ERP Central Components -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Europe ->
Portugal -> Financials ->Asset Accounting -> Asset Reporting Forms.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 146 of 222
Business Function FI-AA Topics for IN, JP, RU
FIN_LOC_CI_8: FI-AA Localization Topics for India, Japan, and Russia
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, Enterprise Extension
Financials (EA-FIN 605), the business function FI-AA, Localization Topic for India,
Japan and Russia is available. You can use this business function to meet business
requirements in the Asset Accounting (FI-AA) component for India, Japan and Russia.
For more information, see the following release notes:
o FIN_LOC_CI_8: Asset Master Data, Russia (Enhanced)
o FIN_LOC_CI_8 Prereq. for Calc. IT Dep on Asset Blk, IN (New)
o FIN_LOC_CI_8: Annex 16, Japan (New)
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business
Functions -> Accounting -> Country-Specific Business Functions.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 147 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_8: Asset Master Data, Russia (Enhanced)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, Enterprise Extension Financials
(EA-FIN 605), business function FI-AA, Localization Topics for India, Japan, and
Russia (FIN_LOC_CI_8), you can copy Russia-specific fields when you create a new
asset by using an existing asset as a reference.
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Europe and
Africa -> Russia -> Financial Accounting (FI) -> Asset Accounting (FI-AA) ->
Asset Master Data
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 148 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_8 Calc. IT Depreciation of Asset Blk, IN (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, Enterprise Extension
Financials (EA-FIN 605), business function FI-AA, Localization Topic for India,
Japan and Russia (FIN_LOC_CI_8), you can calculate depreciation of asset blocks as
per the Income Tax rules in India.
o Prerequisites for depreciation calculation
You have to perform the prerequisites required for calculating and reporting
depreciation of assets at the block level.
You can use the new migration reports to perform the following functions:
- Upload asset blocks and their depreciation rates
If you have maintained asset blocks and their depreciation rates in an
excel, you can import this data into the standard system using the Upload
Asset Block Details (J_1I_UPDASSETBLK) migration program. This
program updates the Asset Block Master Data (IDIN_ASSETBLK) table.
- Assign assets to asset blocks and specify if additional appreciation is
relevant for an asset. To do so, you can perform any one of the following
activity:
- Upload assignment of an asset to an asset block
If you have maintained assignment of an asset to an asset block in an
excel, you can import this data into the standard system using Assign
Asset to Asset Block (J_1I_UPDBLKTOAST) migration program. This
program updates the asset master transaction (AS01, AS02, AS03) that
has new fields to new fields to capture asset block, sub block and
additional appreciation.
- Download group assets data
If you have been using the group assets functionality, you can download
this data in an excel. You can modify this data and upload assignment of
an asset to asset block into the standard system using the Assign Asset
to Asset Block (J_1I_UPDBLKTOAST) migration program.
- Maintain Opening Written Down Value (WDV) of the blocks at the
beginning of a fiscal year
If you have maintained the Opening WDV for blocks in an excel, you can
import this data into the standard system by using the Assign Opening
WDV for Asset Blocks (J_1I_UPDASSETTRNS) migration program. The
program updates the Asset Block Master Data (IDIN_ASSETBLK) table.
-
o Depreciation calculation
You can use the new reports to perform the following functions:
- Update asset transaction details at block level
You can calculate and update all assets related transactions related for
the asset block using the Update Asset Transaction Details at Block
Level – India (J_1I_UPDBLKTRNS) report.
This report updates the asset transaction table with the aggregated values
of each block.
- Calculate, post and display depreciation values
You can use the Income Tax Depreciation Calculation
(J_1I_UPDDEPCALPOST) report to calculate the income tax depreciation
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 149 of 222
values and post them to the IT Ledger. You can also use this report to
display the depreciation values for a fiscal year.
- Project depreciation values for the current fiscal year
You can use the Calculation of Projection Depreciation Values
(J_1I_CAL_PROJECTION_DEP) report to calculate and project
depreciation values for the current fiscal year.
- Adjust Opening Written Down Value (WDV) and transactions
You can adjust the initial values of Opening WDV and transactions by
using the Adjustments to Asset Opening WDV or Transactions
(J_1I_BLKADJUSTMENT) program.
Effects on Customizing
To use this function, you must activate the business function Financials Extension
(EA-FIN).
You can customize the same under Customizing for Financial Accounting (FI) under
Asset Accounting -> Maintain Asset Block Details.
See also
For more information, see SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at
http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages ->SAP ERP Central
Component Enhancement Package 5-> Financials -> Country Versions -> Asia-
Pacific -> India -> Financial Accounting (FI) ->Asset Accounting -> Depreciation.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 150 of 222
FIN_LOC_CI_8: Annex 16, Japan (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, Enterprise Extension
Financials (EA-FIN 605), business function FI-AA, Localization Topic for India,
Japan and Russia (FIN_LOC_CI_8), you can use the new Annex 16 solution for
Country version Japan.
You can use this solution to generate Annex 16 forms that contain details about the
depreciation costs relevant to a company's assets. You need to submit Annex 16 forms
with your annual tax return.This solution enables you to generate the following annex
16 forms:
o Annex 16-1
o Annex 16-2
o Annex 16-4
o Annex 16-6
o Annex 16-8
The new Annex 16 (Japan) (RAIDJP_ANNEX16) report generates the above
mentioned forms.
Effects on Existing Data
To use this function, you must activate the business function Financials Extension
(EA-FIN).
You can customize this function under Customizing for Financial Accounting (FI) in Annex 16.
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> Country Versions -> Americas ->
Japan -> Financials -> Asset Accounting -> Annex 16.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 151 of 222
Business Function FI, Enablement for FSS
FIN_SSC_AIC_1: Business Function FI, Enablement for Financial Shared Services (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), the business
function FI, Enablement for Financial Shared Services (FIN_SSC_AIC_1) is
available. You can use this business function to use functions of the new Shared Services Framework that is available across multiple SAP applications.
In conjunction with SAP enhancement package 1 for SAP CRM 7.0, this business
function in particular optimizes the setting up and operating of an Accounting
Interaction Center (AIC) in SAP CRM. It is therefore tightly linked with the business
function Multifunctional Shared Service Interaction Center in the SAP CRM system.
The following functions are provided:
Manual Service Requests in the SAP ERP System
Service requests are used to swiftly report and resolve problems and errors. You can
thus now create a service request directly from the transactions of the SAP ERP
system. This concerns approximately 100 Financial Accounting (FI) and
Controlling (CO) transactions. When you create a service request, the system opens it
directly in the SAP CRM Interaction Center. It transfers contextual data and lets you
attach a screenshot. In addition, you can link various ERP objects, such as the vendor
master record or the document, to this request.
AIC agents can call up the linked objects later by navigating from the service request
directly into the ERP system. In Customizing for the CRM system, you can identify the
ERP transactions that can be launched from the AIC by their prefix, such as ERP_FIN.
For more information, see Customizing for Customer Relationship Management
under UI Framework -> Technical Role Definition -> Transaction Launcher ->
Copy/Delete Launch Transactions.
Automatic Service Requests in the SAP ERP System
You can also have service requests created automatically from the following programs:
o Proposal list for the payment run (transaction F110)
o Logs for the costing run (transaction CK40N)
Search for Service Requests
Besides being able to create service requests directly from an ERP system, you can
also search for service requests. You can check their status and update the service
requests without the AIC agents having to intervene. You can choose whether you
want to see only your own service requests in the SAP CRM UI or whether you want to
see the service requests that were created in the FI or CO system.
You can facilitate and accelerate the search through the standard filling of the
Business Partner and Status fields based on the business partner number of the
current user and the Customizing settings.
Fact Sheet for Customer and Vendor
The Accounting Interaction Center (AIC) now contains the account fact sheet which is a
tool for facilitating communication with partners in financial scenarios. It provides
context-specific information about the respective commication partner. This partner can
be both a customer and a vendor.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 152 of 222
Fact sheet for customer
A fact sheet containing data on the specific business context is available to the agents
of the Shared Services Center (SSC). This information ranges from the purchasing
volume to the customer's most recent dispute cases. In this way, agents have access
to a complete picture of the past and present collaboration with the communication
partner in their day-to-day work.
Fact sheet for vendor
Whenever a vendor contacts the SSC, agents can call up a fact sheet that helps them
adequately respond to the vendor's request. The fact sheet contains data, such as
open invoices, payments and master data.
Search for External Documents in the Shared Services Center
The employees of the Shared Services Center need to be able to access the most
complete information possible about the past communication with a customer. This also
has to be possible if this communication has already been stored in an optical archive.
The Document Search function on the CRM user interface lets AIC agents search for
documents that are relevant for a business partner in a number of backend systems
and to display these documents, as needed.
Connection of External Systems and Miscellaneous SAP Systems to SAP Collections
Management
For more information, see the following release note: FIN_SSC_AIC_1: Connection of Miscellaneous Systems (New)
Effects on Existing Data
The area menu has been enhanced with new functions for displaying and processing
service requests. You find these under the following nodes on the SAP Easy Access
screen:
o Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> Shared Services Center
o Accounting -> Controlling -> Shared Services Center
Depending on your configuration and the transaction selected, you can also create a
service request directly from the transaction you are using. This is possible in the
following ways:
o Function under Help -> Service Request
o Link behind the error message
o Pushbutton in the log
Effects on System Administration
To create or later search for service requests, ERP users need an identically named
user in the CRM system, which is assigned to the new user role Occasional User
(SSF_OCCUSER).
Effects on Customizing
You make the settings to set up service requests in the following places in Customizing
of the ERP system:
o Cross-Application Components -> Process and Tools for Enterprise
Applications -> Shared Services Framework -> Integration with SAP CRM
(basic settings)
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 153 of 222
o Financial Accounting (New) -> Financial Accounting Global Settings (New)
-> Integration with Shared Services Framework (settings for the FI
transactions)
o Controlling -> General Controlling -> Integration with Shared Services
Framework (settings for the CO transactions)
To link ERP objects with the service requests in the AIC, you define the object types
that can be linked with the AIC using Generic Object Services (GOS) in Customizing for
Cross-Application Components under Processes and Tools for Enterprise
Applications -> Shared Services Framework -> Service Request Interface ->
Define Object Types for AIC Link.
You make the settings for the fact sheet in Customizing for Customer Relationship
Management under Interaction Center WebClient -> Shared Services Framework -
> Integration with SAP ERP Financial Accounting -> Fact Sheet.
If you define new external document types in the CRM system, you also have to
processes these document types in all relevant backend systems. You make the
settings in Customizing for Cross-Application Components under Processes and
Tools for Enterprise Applications -> Shared Services Framework -> Integration
with SAP CRM -> Integration with Document Management -> Define External SSC
Documents.
If you synchronize the master data for SAP Collections Management using the CRM
middleware, you have to activate the following standard implementation: Financial
Supply Chain Management -> Collections Management -> Integration with
Accounts Receivable Accounting -> Master Data Distribution -> Mapping of
Master Data -> Activate/Deactivate Standard Impl. for Mapping Using CRM Middleware.
See also
For more information, see:
o SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal under http://help.sap.com/erp ->
SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component
Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions (SAP Enhancement
Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0) -> Business Functions in SAP ERP ->
Enterprise Business Functions -> Cross-Application Enterprise Business
Functions -> Shared Services Framework -> FI, Support of Financial
Shared Services
o SAP Library for SAP CRM on SAP Help Portal under http://help.sap.com/crm -
> SAP CRM 7.0 Enhancement Package 1 -> Application Help -> Business
Functions (SAP Enhancement Package 1 for SAP CRM 7.0) -> Business
Functions for SAP Customer Relationship Management -> Multifunctional
Shared Service Interaction Center
o Release note for the business function Multifunctional Shared Service
Interaction Center (CRM_SHSVC) in the CRM system
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 154 of 222
FIN_SSC_AIC_1: Connection of Miscellaneous Systems (New)
Use
As of SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business
function FI, Support of Financial Shared Services (FIN_SSC_AIC_1), you can
connect the application SAP Collections Management (FIN-FSCM-COL) both with non-
SAP systems and with various SAP systems. This increases the range of accounting
systems whose data you can access with SAP Collections Management. You set up
the connection using a substitute system that you connect to SAP Collections
Management, and to which you transfer the required master and transaction data. In
this way you can centralize and standardize the processes for collecting open
receivables, irrespective of the system architecture used in your company.
Without this business function you can only connect SAP systems where Accounts
Receivable Accounting (FI-AR) has at least the status SAP R/3 Enterprise 4.70.
Effects on System Administration
The area menu has been enhanced with the program for data transfer to the substitute
system under Collections Management -> Integration with Accounts Receivable
Accounting -> Periodic Processing. The new node Transfer Data from Non-SAP
Systems and Various SAP Systems covers the following functions:
o Transfer of Customer Master Data
o List of Transferred Customers
o Transfer of Document Data
o List for Transfer of Document Data
Effects on Customizing
You make the settings to set up the substitute system in Customizing for SAP
Collections Management under the following nodes: Financial Supply Chain
Management -> Collections Management -> Integration Accounts Receivable
Accounting -> Connect Non-SAP Systems and Various SAP Systems to Collections Management .
See also
Central Release Notes for the business function FI, Support of Financial
Shared Services (FIN_SSC_AIC_1)
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 155 of 222
Financial Analytics
Business Function Error Correction and Suspense Accounting
FIN_GL_ERR_CORR_SUSP: Error Correction System: Suspense Accounting (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL_605), the system
contains the Error Correction System: Suspense Accounting business function. You
can use this business function to let the system resolve errors in documents before
they are posted, and to post them to a suspense account.
For more information, see the following release information:
BI Content for Error Correction and Suspense Accounting, and Average Daily Balance
in SAP Library under SAP NetWeaver -> BI Content -> Financials -> Financial
Accounting -> General Ledger Accounting.
Effects on Existing Data
Error Correction and Suspense Accounting has been added to the area menu. You can
find it under:
o Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> General Ledger -> Document Entry ->
Error Correction and Suspense Accounting
o Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> Accounts Receivable -> Document Entry -
> Error Correction and Suspense Accounting
o Accounting -> Financial Accounting -> Accounts Payable -> Document Entry ->
Error Correction and Suspense Accounting
Error Correction and Suspense Accounting contains the following transactions:
o Document Entry
- Start File Editor for Data Transfer
- Post Accounting Documents with Auto Correction
o Reversal
- Reverse Single Documents
o Logs
- Display Derivation Trace
- Display Application Logs
- Display Mass Runs
- Display Details for Mass Runs
o Manual Post-Processing
- Edit ECS Items
o ECS Reports
- Display ECS Items
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 156 of 222
- Start Statistical Analysis
- Determine Trends for ECS Items
- Display Deleted and Corrected ECS Items by Employee
- Display ECS Items by Aging Category
- Calculate Differences Between ECS Balances and General Ledger
Balances
- Display Reconciliation Report for Error Correction System
The following parameters for Error Correction and Suspense Accounting (ECS) have
been added to report RFBIBL00:
o ECS Environment (GLE_DTE_ECS_IF_TYPE)
o Run ID (GLE_DTE_ECS_RUNID)
o Version of Run (GLE_DTE_ECS_RUN_SEQ_NO)
Effects on Data Transfer
You can import the following types of data into the system:
o Using direct input
o Using Enterprise Services
o Using a BAPI
Effects on Customizing
You can find the Customizing for the Error Correction System business function under
Financial Accounting -> Financial Accounting Global Settings -> Document -> Error
Correction and Suspense Accounting or under Financial Accounting (New) -> Financial
Accounting Global Settings (New) -> Document -> Error Correction and Suspense
Accounting.
To use the business function effectively, you have to make settings in the Customizing
activities under Error Correction and Suspense Accounting -> General Settings:
o Define ECS Environments
- Definition and Derivation of Error Categories
- Define Error Messages
- Define Error Categories
- Assign Error Messages to Error Categories
- Assign Error Categories to Compound Error Categories
o Create Number Ranges for Document Numbers in ECS
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business
Functions -> Accounting -> Error Correction System.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 157 of 222
Business Function PDCE Enhanced Performance
FIN_BA_605_FIN_PDCE_PI: PDCE, Improved Performance (New)
Use
As of SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP-BW 605), the PDCE,
Improved Performance (FIN_PDCE_PI) business function is available. With this
business function, you can carry out product design cost estimates more quickly and
efficiently, in particular where there are large product structures.
The following functions are available to you with this business function:
o Delta costing
With the delta costing, you can perform a costing more quickly and without
having to recalculate the entire costing structure again. You experience shorter
response times during the calculation, even if you are dealing with relatively
large costing structures. A prerequisite of the function is that the costing structure
to be calculated has already been calculated at least once.
o Parallel calculation
With the parallel calculation, you can perform the existing Costing much faster.
The product design cost estimate can be speeded up using the parallel costing,
especially with very large product structures.
Effects on Existing Data
The following changes have been made in the transaction Product Design Cost
Estimate: Working Environments (UAMO):
o The new pushbutton Delta Costing is available on the user interface.
o In the area menu under Edit -> Preferences, the new group box Parallel
Costing is available in the dialog box with the following additional fields:
- Server group
- Maximum number of work processes
- Package size
o In the context menu for the Objects of a Working Environment, there is a new
menu entry: Parallel Costing.
Effects on Customizing
You make the Customizing settings for the Delta Costing function in Customizing for
Strategic Enterprise Management/Business Analytics under Costing Solutions ->
Structures -> Activate Delta Costing and Define Customer-Specific Class
Methods for Formulas.
See also
The SAP Library for SAP ERP on the SAP Help Portal under http://help.sap.com/erp -
> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> SAP ERP Central Component
Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions (SAP Enhancement Package 5
for SAP ERP 6.0) -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business
Functions -> Financial Accounting -> PDCE, Improved Performance:
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 158 of 222
Financial Shared Service Center
Business Function Internal Self Services, Enablement for Financial Shared Services
FIN_SSC_ISS_1: Business Function Internal Self-Services, Enablement for Fin. Shared Services (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6 the business function Internal Self-
Services, Enablement for Fin. Shared Services is available. With this business function,
you can implement self-services in your shared services center that allow users to
process their own service and change requests. You can create master data related,
informational and account posting self-services such as, for example, Change a Profit
Center or a Vendor Factsheet Request.
Self-services allow requestors to retrieve or update their information as required. This
reduces the workload for your service center agents while improving the request
processing time and consequently the efficiency of the service.
The financial self-services can be deployed on either:
o SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6
o SAP enhancement package 1 for CRM 7
The system where you choose to deploy your installation is also known as the self-
services hub system. You can deploy the installation on either:
o a single system which functions as both the business application system and the
self-services system (An example is a single system, such as ERP, where ISS is
installed. The system is also the system where the underlying business
processes are executed in the back-end)
or
o a central installation on a system which serves a central self-services hub
system which is connected to multiple business application systems, spanning
different releases
If you use the central installation, you only need to complete the self-service and
workflow configuration once. The central installation uses trusted RFC connections to
connect to the different backend systems.
For more information about these options see SAP Library for SAP CRM on SAP Help
Portal at http://help.sap.com/ -> SAP Business Suite -> SAP CRM -> Application Help -
> Interaction Center -> Interaction Center Web Client ->General Functions -> Internal
Self-Services for Financials (FIN-FB-ISS) -> Deployment Options for ISS
Effects on Existing Data
The shipment includes the following features:
o Predefined financial self-service processes and associated development objects
which customers can adjust to suit their own needs. Customers can use the
delivered architecture to enable their own self-services based on locally
modelled business processes.
As part of this predefined content, SAP delivers the data model IS to make your
implementation faster and more efficient. The data model contains a number of
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 159 of 222
predefined objects and relationships which are specifically designed to be used
with these self –services. You can reuse it wholly or partially and change it as
required to suit the needs of your specific implementation.
For example, the following web dynpro application components are delivered:
- Single Entity Processing UI (MDG_IS_SELFSERVICE)
This application configuration contains the self service request UI for
single entity processing. It can be used to create the UIs for self-service
requests.
- Vendor Search UI (MDG_IS_VENDOR_SEARCH)
This application configuration can be used to construct the vendor search
UI.
- Customer Search UI (MDG_IS_CUSTOMER_SEARCH)
This application configuration can be used to construct the customer
search search UI
SAP also delivers data elements and where available and required their
associated long texts in the package UISS_MDG_CONTENT. You can use these
to provide value help for the fields on your self-service processing UIs.
For more information see SAP Library for SAP CRM on SAP Help Portal at
http://help.sap.com/ -> SAP Business Suite -> SAP CRM -> Application
Help -> Interaction Center -> Interaction Center Web Client ->General
Functions -> Internal Self-Services for Financials (FIN-FB-ISS)
o A Self-Service Home Page is delivered to allow customers to create their point of
access for self-service users. This can be used in conjunction with the SAP
Netweaver Business Client or in a Portal iView. The self-services can be
accessed using a map, directory or index view. These are contained in the UI
component FPM_LAUNCHPAD_UIBB. This UI displays the specific back-end
systems available to each user as a drop down list. There are also options to
display the most frequently used self-services as well as the links to related UIs.
For more information see How to Configure the ISS Home Page
o A new PFCG template role for SAP NetWeaver Business Client
(SAP_FIN_INT_SELF_SERVICE) is delivered. This role includes all required
navigation targets and an Inbox for change requests and service requests. The
template role can be used to integrate the Self-Service Home Page in any other
PFCG NWBC role or as template for a Portal PCD integration.
For more information about these options, see SAP Library for SAP CRM on
SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/ -> SAP Business Suite -> SAP CRM ->
Application Help -> Interaction Center -> Interaction Center Web Client -
>Integration with ERP -> Users and Roles in SAP ERP and CRM
o A new Interface that facilitates the integration of self-service processes into the
CRM Interaction Center. Self-service processes can be assigned to service
request categories and executed in the service request business context. This
allows agents to access relevant objects in a connected application system
directly from the IC system. For example, agents in the CRM IC can use this
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 160 of 222
feature to view business objects in the connected ERP system.
For more information see How Integration with Internal Self-Services Works
Note: The business function MDG_FOUNDATION is automatically activated when you
activate this business function. The business function MDG_FOUNDATION is available
as of SAP BS_FND 702.
Effects on Customizing
There are two Customizing nodes directly relevant for this business function:
1. First you need to set up the required system architecture for internal self-
services. You can do so in Customizing for Cross-Application Components under
Integration with Internal Self-Services. For an overview of the topic,
see the customizing documentation.
2. After you have completed the system architecture, you need to model your self-
services and associated UIs and processes. Depending on the specifics of your
implementation, you need to complete the activities in Customizing for Internal Self-Services. For more information about this topic, see the
customizing documentation.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 161 of 222
Financial Supply Chain Management
Business Function SAP Biller Direct Buy Side 2
FIN_FSCM_BD_3: SAP Biller Direct Buy Side 2 (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business
function SAP Biller Direct Buy Side 2 is available. This business function allows you to
provide more information on vendor-facing portals. Your vendors (suppliers) can
access data on invoices and payment status. They can view general information about
your payment procedure, and they can raise inquiries without the need for a call to your
accounts payable department.
For more information, see the following release notes:
Information on Invoice Status
Inquiries by Vendors
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 162 of 222
FIN_FSCM_BD_3_01: Invoice Status (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function
SAP Biller Direct Buy Side 2, you can allow vendors to see information about the status
of an invoice which they have sent to your organization, and to see information about
your general payment procedure.
Effects on Existing Data
On the Open Bills screen, there is a new column showing the status of the invoice.
The values displayed are defined in Customizing and depend on the payment blocking
status and the posting status of the FI document.
In the header area of the invoice table, a new text area displays information on your
company's payment procedures. The information defined for display here can be
company code specific and is designed to give a vendor general information on your
payment procedures.
Effects on Customizing
Maintain settings in relation to invoice staus in Customizing activity Define External Description for Invoice.
Maintain the text about your payment procedures in Customizing activity Define Payment Description for Company.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 163 of 222
FIN_FSCM_BD_3_02: Inquiries by Vendors (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), business function
SAP Biller Direct Buy Side 2, you can allow vendors to create inquiries in the SAP Biller
Direct Buy Side portal. This text-based inquiry can include attachments, and can be
linked to a specific invoice. Once a vendor saves an inquiry, it is automatically stored
as a service request in the CRM system, where it is processed. The vendor can view
the status of his inquiry over time. This allows for a more efficient relationship between
your vendors and your accounts payable department, standardises the communication,
and reduces the need for telephone calls, emails and so on.
Effects on Customizing
Activate and maintain Customizing settings for vendor inquiries in the following
activities:
o Activate Vendor Inquiry.
o Define Reasons for Vendor Inquiry.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 164 of 222
Business Function FSCM Functions 3
FIN_FSCM_CCD_3: Business Function FSCM Functions 3 (New)
Use
As of SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (FINBASIS 605), the FSCM
Functions 3 (FIN_FSCM__CCD_3) business function is available. With this business
function you can use new functions in the following components:
In SAP Collections Management, you can take into account that a business partner is
managed in several collection segments or in several accounting systems. Using this
summary of the outstanding receivables, you can influence their priority in the worklists.
For receivables processing, you can create promises to pay with installments, send
correspondence and create notes at invoice or customer level.
You can now use SAP Credit Management without having to install a separate server
for using SAP NetWeaver Process Integration. For additional information, see the
release note FIN_FSCM_CCD_3: WS-RM Support in SAP Credit Management (FSCM_605_CCD_3_WSRM).
It is easier for you to navigate when forwarding a dispute case from SAP Dispute
Management to an external application.
Effects on Existing Data
Global Rules have been introduced in SAP Collections Management for aggregating
several business partners, supplementing the existing collection rules. To display all
entries of a business partner there is the function Worklist -> Entries for Business
Partner in the worklist.
There are new collection rules in which the installment plans are taken into account.
The area menu has been enhanced with two new functions. You can find these starting
in the SAP Easy Access screen under Accounting -> Financial Supply Chain
Management -> Collections Management -> Periodic Processing -> Worklists ->
o List of Resubmissions
o Deletion of Notes
In SAP Credit Management the program for reconciling the credit exposure is
available under List Displays -> Reconciliation of the Credit Exposure. To
display payment behavior summaries, there is a new tab in the business partner that
you can adapt with making modifications.
Effects on Customizing
Customizing of SAP Collections Management:
o For the aggregation of the receivables for a business partner and for installment
plans, you can create new collection rules under Define Collection Rules.
These settings are also part of the following Business Configuration Set (BC Set): Collection Rules (UDM_UDMVC_RULE_B_RULE_C). Note the
following information when you are activating BC sets: Activate BC Set
o When you create notes at invoice level, the node Resubmission and Note
replaces the Resubmission node.
o With a new Customizing activity you can Define Contact Types that you
can use for the creation of correspondence, for example.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 165 of 222
Customizing of SAP Credit Management:
o For the conversion of partner numbers to customer numbers, see under Credit
Risk Monitoring -> Enhancements the new Business Add-In (BAdI) UKM_CONV_TO_DEBTOR.
o You can configure the display of payment behaviour summearies with the
following activities:
- Credit Risk Monitoring -> Master Data -> Define Attributes Display
- Credit Risk Monitoring -> Enhancements -> BAdI: Display of Data for Payment Behavior
Customizing of SAP Dispute Management:
o For subsequent processing of a claim in the Claims Management system, the
new Business Add-In (BAdI) Function Code for the External Processing of Dispute Cases is available under Dispute Case
Processing -> Transfer to External Applications -> Customer
Enhancements.
o You can activate the new pushbuttons in the dispute case under Dispute Case
Processing -> Function Profile -> Create Function Profile . You can
use function profile FIN_DIS3 as a template for this.
See also
For more information, see the following documents:
o Release note for business function FSCM Integration 3
(FIN_FSCM_CCD_INTEGRATION_3) in the Accounts Receivable Accounting
(FI-AR) system
o Release note for business function ERP, Integration with Claims and Funds
Management (ERP_CF_INTEGRATION_1) in the Accounts Receivable
Accounting (FI-AR) system
o Release note for the business function Claims and Funds Management
(CRM_CF_1) in the SAP Customer Relationship Management (SAP CRM)
system.
o Business function description under http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package
5 -> Business Functions (SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0) ->
Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions ->
Accounting -> Financial Supply Chain Management -> FSCM Functions 3
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 166 of 222
FIN_FSCM_CCD_3: WS-RM Support in SAP Credit Management
Use
As of SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (FINBASIS 605), Business
Function FSCM Functions 3 (FIN_FSCM_CCD_3) you can use SAP Credit
Management (FIN-FSCM-CR) without needing to install a separate server for using
SAP NetWeaver Process Integration. This option is available not just in a one system
landscape, but also if you are using central SAP Credit Management in a multiple
system landscape in which there is a separate system for FI-CA or several separate
systems for FI-AR.
The exchange of messages is enabled in this case using the protocol Web Services
Reliable Messaging (WS-RM), which ensures messages are transferred and controls
that the incoming messages are in the correct order. The use of this technology is
especially of interest to small companies.
The option of a point to point connection for asynchronous enterprise services is
available for the following operations:
o http://sap.com/xi/FSCM/Global/CreditCommitmentNotification_In
o http://sap.com/xi/PI/FIN/Operational/Global/CreditCommitmentNotification_Out
o http://sap.com/xi/FICA/Global/CreditCommitmentNotification_Out
o http://sap.com/xi/FSCM/Global/CreditPaymentBehaviourSummaryNotification_In
o http://sap.com/xi/FICA/Global/CreditPaymentBehaviourSummaryNotification_Out
o http://sap.com/xi/PI/FIN/Operational/Global/CreditPaymentBehaviourSummaryN
otification_Out
o http://sap.com/xi/FICA/Global/CreditWorthinessChangeInformation_In
o http://sap.com/xi/FSCM/Global/CreditWorthinessChangeInformation_Out
o http://sap.com/xi/FSCM/FICARatingReplicateQuery_In
o http://sap.com/xi/FICA/FICARatingReplicateQuery_Out
o http://sap.com/xi/FICA/FICARatingReplicateResponse_In
o http://sap.com/xi/FSCM/FICARatingReplicateResponse_Out
Effects on System Administration
You set up the SOAP runtime and configure the background RFCs. You can use
transaction SOA Runtime Tools (SRT_TOOLS) for this that is easy to use, and
enables you to do tests.
In SOA management, you connect the logical port of the source system with the
endpoint of the target system.
For more information, see:
o SAP NetWeaver Library 7.0 on SAP Help Portal under Guidelines for
Administrators -> SAP NetWeaver Technical Operations Manual ->
Administration of SAP NetWeaver IT Scenarios -> Enabling Enterprise
Services -> Special Administration Tasks -> Configure Web Service
Runtime
o SAP NetWeaver Library under SAP NetWeaver by Key Capability ->
Application Platform by Key Capability -> ABAP Technology -> ABAP
Workbench (BC-DWB) -> ABAP Workbench Tools -> Web Services
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 167 of 222
Effects on Customizing
You create the connection between SAP Credit Management and the accounting
system by configuring the corresponding endpoints and logical ports in the SOA
Manager.
See also
For more information, see:
o Central release note for the FSCM Functions 3 (FIN_FSCM_CCD_3)
business function
o Release note for the business function Enhancements to Reusable SOA
Functions (FND_SOA_REUSE_1)
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 168 of 222
Business Function FSCM Integration 3
FIN_FSCM_CCD_INTEGRATION_3: Business Function FSCM Integration 3 (New)
Use
As of SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), the FSCM
Integration 3 (FIN_FSCM__CCD_INTEGRATION_3) business function is available. It
contains new functions that assist you with receivables processing in the SAP
Collections Management (FIN-FSCM-COL) component. If you want to use this
business function, then you also have to activate the FSCM Functions 3 business
function in the system in which you run SAP Collections Management.
To respond to customers who wish to make payment but are experiencing financial
bottlenecks, you can now create and manage promises to pay for installment
payments. To facilitate your correspondence, you can send documents such as
account statements, OI lists and individual letters during receivables processing. This
also applies to sending individual dunning notices. In addition, you can send a
summary of a customer contact to a customer by e-mail. The option of creating notes at
invoice level helps with the provision of information at document level. You can also
enter documents as an attachment at various points, for example, to supplement a note
or resubmission. In receivables processing, you can use a new interface on the
Invoices tab to define additional functions.
Effects on Existing Data
The following main functions are available to you on the user interface:
o Enhanced functions for processing promises to pay on the tabs on which you
can create, change or display promises to pay
o Pushbutton for sending various kinds of correspondence on the Invoices tab;
this includes the bank statement, dunning notice, copy of a billing document, and
the summary of a customer contact
o Functions enhancing the creation, change and display of notes at both invoice
and customer level
o Pushbutton for the dunning history of a customer
o Pushbutton that enables you to create and display attachments at various places
Effects on Customizing
The following new activities are available for this business function in Customizing of
SAP Collections Management:
o You make the settings for installments with promises to pay at the following
places:
- Integration with Accounts Receivable Accounting -> Promise to Pay -
> Define Installment Plan Types for Promises to Pay with
Installments
- Integration with Accounts Receivable Accounting -> Promises to Pay
-> Customer Enhancements -> BAdI: Default Installment Plan and
Check when Saving the Promise to Pay, and BAdI:Distribution of
Installments on Invoices
o You make the settings for creating correspondence, in addition to the settings in
the SAP Collections Management system, under the following nodes:
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 169 of 222
Integration Accounts Receivable Accounting -> Receivables Processing.
o You make the settings for creating correspondence, in addition to the settings in
the SAP Collections Management system, under the following nodes:
Integration Accounts Receivable Accounting -> Notes.
o You make the settings for the definition of separate functions on the Invoices
tab, supplementing the settings in the SAP Collections Management system, at
the following places:
- Integration with Accounts Receivable Accounting -> Receivables
Processing -> Define Additional Functions
- Integration with Accounts Receivable Accounting -> Receivables
Processing -> BAdI: Function Code Processing for Additional
Functions
See also
For more information, see:
o Release notes for the business function FSCM Functions 3
(FIN_FSCM_CCD_3) in the system in which you are running SAP Collections
Management.
o The SAP Library for SAP ERP on the SAP Help Portal under
http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> SAP ERP
Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions (SAP
Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0) -> Business Functions in SAP
ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Financial Accounting -> Financial
Supply Chain Management:
- FSCM Functions 3
- FSCM Integration 3
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 170 of 222
Business Function FSCM, Enablement for FSS
FIN_FSCM_SSC_AIC_1: Business Function FSCM, Enablement for FSS (New)
Use
As of SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (FINBASIS 605), the FSCM,
Enablement for Financial Shared Services (FIN_FSCM_SSC_AIC_1) business
function is available. With this business function you can use new functions for
integrating SAP Collections Management, SAP Dispute Management, and the
Accounting Interaction Center, which run in SAP Customer Relationship Management
(SAP CRM). This business function is, therefore, closely connected to the
Multifunctional Shared Service Interaction Center business function in the CRM
system.
The following new workcenters are available in the Accounting Interaction Center,
which you can use in your company to process Financial Shared Services.
o My Worklist (integration with SAP Collections Management)
o All Worklists (integration with SAP Collections Management)
o Receivables Processing (integration with SAP Collections Management)
o Dispute Case Processing (integration with SAP Dispute Management)
For additional information, see the release notes for the business function
Multifunctional Shared Service Interaction Center (CRM_SHSVC) in the CRM
system.
Effects on Customizing
You make the settings for this business function in Customizing for SAP Dispute
Management as follows:
o To display the dispute case, the Accounting Interaction Center uses a Web
interface that communicates with the ERP back-end system using Web services.
To be able to use this interface, you have to make the appropriate settings under
Dispute Case Processing -> Web Interface for Dispute Case Processing ->
Configure Web Services.
o This Web interface also supports file upload. Therefore, you have to define the
document categories under Dispute Case Processing -> Enterprise Services -
> Define Document Category for Attachments to Dispute Cases.
o The settings for the Customizing activities are available in the following
Business Configuration Set (BC Set), namely: FSSC - Text ID for AIC
Integration (UDM_AIC_INT). Note the following information when you are
activating BC sets: Activate BC Set
- Create Text Profile
- Define Case Types
- Define Derivation of Element Types
- Define Text ID for Notes
See also
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 171 of 222
For more information, see:
o For more information, see: The SAP library for SAP ERP on the SAP Help Portal
under http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP
Central Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions (SAP
Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0) -> Business Functions in SAP
ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Cross-Application Enterprise
Business Functions -> Shared Services Framework -> FSCM, Enablement
for Financial Shared Services
o The SAP library for SAP CRM on the SAP Help Portal under
http://help.sap.com/crm -> SAP CRM 7.0 Enhancement Package 1 ->
Application Help -> Business Functions (SAP Enhancement Package 1 for
SAP CRM 7.0) -> Business Functions for SAP Customer Relationship
Management -> Multifunctional Shared Service Interaction Center
o The release notes for the business function Multifunctional Shared Service
Interaction Center (CRM_SHSVC) in the CRM system
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 172 of 222
Business Function FI, Localization for CN
FIN_LOC_CI_9: Business Function FI Localization Topics for China
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP_APPL 605), the business
function FI Localization Topics for China (FIN_LOC_CI_9) is available. With this
business function, you can create the Golden Tax Interface (GTI) invoice lists in the
Financial Accounting (FI) and Sales and Distribution (SD) components for China.
For more information about this function, see the report documentation.
Effects on Customizing
You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Financial
Accounting (New) (FI), in the Customizing activity Define Invoice Types.
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
Business Functions (SAP Enhancement Package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0)-> Business
Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Country-
Specific Business Functions .
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 173 of 222
SAP for Public Sector
Business Function FI, LO, Interest on Arrears Localization Topic for France
FIN_LOC_CI_10: FI, LO Interest on Arrears for FR (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0, SAP Enterprise Extension Public
Services (EA -PS 605), the business function FI, LO, Interest in Arrears Localization
Topic for France is available. You can use this business function to record, manage,
monitor and report data related to all stages involved in handling interest on arrears.
You can create, change, and display invoices including data that is relevant for interest
on arrears in an SAP ERP system. Materials Management (MM) operations are used
for operational handling of purchase orders and invoices, such as the invoice
verification process.
Note: The Interest on Arrears function for the French public sector is based on the
following two business functions:
o FI, LO, Interest in Arrears Localization Topic for France (FIN_LOC_CI_10) - Use
this business function to activate the Interest on Arrears function in Financial
Accounting (FI) and Materials Management (MM).
o SRM, Interest on Arrears Localization Topic for France
(SRM_COUNTRY_PPS_FR_1) - Use this business function to activate the
Interest on Arrears function in Supplier Relationship Management (SRM).
The SRM business function is required only when you use SRM for procurement
processes. These two business functions are technically independent of each other but
they handle one common business process.
Effects on Customizing
You make general specifications for each interest indicator for the calculation of interest
on arrears in Customizing for Financial Accounting (New) under Accounts
Receivable and Accounts Payable -> Business Transactions -> Interest
Calculation -> Interest Calculation Global Settings.
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business
Functions -> Accounting -> Country-Specific Business Functions.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 174 of 222
Strategic Enterprise Management
Business Function Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale
FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SEM-BW 605), the new
business function Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale is available. This
business function allows you to automate postings to handle subsidiaries in accordance
with the new regulations in IFRS 5 and SFAS 144 in cases of intention for sale or
discontinued operations.
The Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale business function also contains
additional new and changed functions.
For more information, see the following release notes:
o Assets Held for Sale (New)
o Load from Data Stream and Copy (Enhanced)
o Historical Currency Translation Without Consolidation of Investments (New)
o Document Type Assignment in the Balance Carryforward (New)
o Compare Investment to Equity (Enhanced)
o Hiding Statistical Items in the Log of Consolidation of Investments (New)
o Equity Method (Changed)
o Consistency Check for Manual Document Types (New)
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages ->ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business
Functions -> Accounting -> Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 175 of 222
FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Assets Held for Sale (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SEM-BW 605), you can
automate postings to handle subsidiaries in accordance with the new regulations in
IFRS 5 and SFAS 144 in cases of intention for sale or discontinued operations.
Assets Held for Sale
If a subsidiary with an intention for sale is acquired or the subsidiary is regarded as an
asset held for sale for other reasons, you must report the assets and liabilities for this
company separately in the consolidated balance sheet. The new functions allow you to
specify the time of the intention for sale for a consolidation unit based on specific
consolidation groups. They also allow you to reclassify all balance sheet accounts as
two target accounts (Assets Held for Sale or Liabilities Held for Sale).
Due to the intention for sale, a group-dependent revaluation of assets held for sale may
also be required. However, you cannot report minority interest for this revaluation. The
new functions allow you to suppress the adjustment of minority interest for reported
financial data for the relevant document types.
As of the time of the intention for sale, the depreciation of assets must be suppressed
in line with the new regulations. Using the new functions, you can revoke the planned
depreciation of assets or liabilities that you previously posted using a Capitalization
and Valuation Allowances task by consolidation group. You can also suppress the
posting of depreciation adjustments in documents of tasks for the elimination of
interunit profit/loss in transferred assets.
Discontinued Operations
When an entire business area is discontinued, you have to report the equity holdings
adjustments separately. Using the new functions, you can reclassify all income
statement accounts as one single target account (Discontinued Operations) as of the
time for discontinued operations.
Effects on System Administration
To configure the settings for the new function, you perform the following steps in the
consolidation workbench:
Activation in the Consolidation Area
To activate the new functions, you select the Assets Held for Sale checkbox in the
settings for the consolidation area.
Customizing for Consolidation Groups
In the consolidation group attributes, you could previously specify the time (year and
period) of first consolidation and divestiture accounting for each consolidation unit. You
can now also specify the times (year and period) of the intention for sale and of
discontinued operations.
Customizing for Consolidation Unit Combinations
In a matrix organization, you can override for consolidation unit combinations the times
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 176 of 222
of the intention for sale and of discontinued operations that you entered for each of the
dimensions of the consolidation unit characteristics.
On the Table Display tab page, you can enter these times directly.
On the Matrix Display tab page, you can enter these times on the detail screen. To
display the detail screen, choose the Detail option in the context menu of the checkbox
for a combination.
Customizing for Reclassification
In Customizing for reclassification tasks, the new Global Settings group box is
displayed with the following checkboxes:
o Assets Held for Sale
If you select this checkbox, you can use this task to reclassify balance sheet
accounts as the target accounts Assets Held for Sale or Liabilities Held for
Sale. You can also reclassify income statement accounts as the target account
Discontinued Operations.
If you select this checkbox, you must enter a non-initial value for the processing
type of assets held for sale in the Customizing settings for the trigger selection
of the reclassification method that you assign to the task. This value determines
whether the task handles consolidation units (or partner units) with an intention
for sale or discontinued operations or equity-method investee units with intention
for sale.
o Value Allowance of Assets/Liabilities
If you select this checkbox, you can use the task to revoke the planned
depreciation of assets or liabilities that you previously posted using a
Capitalization and Valuation Allowances task by consolidation group.
In Customizing for reclassification, there is also a new Check Settings node. When
you execute this function, the system checks the consistency of reclassification tasks
for assets held for sale as well as for reclassification methods and document types
assigned for these tasks.
Customizing for the Location of Values for Consolidation of Investments
If a revaluation of the assets held for sale is required, you must post this manually to
posting level 30 using a document type that is part of the calculation base for
consolidation of investments. Minority interests must be ignored.
In Customizing for the location of values for consolidation of investments, there is a
new No Minority Interest column in the Calculation Base screen area. In this column,
you must select the checkbox for the manual document type that you used to post the
revaluation of assets held for sale.
Depending on your requirements, you may need to configure additional Customizing
settings to ensure functions are applied accurately. For more information and
examples, see SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at
http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP Enhancement Packages ->ERP Central
Component Enhancement Package 5 -> Business Functions -> Business
Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting ->
Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale
See also
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 177 of 222
Release note Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale (New)
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages ->ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business
Functions -> Accounting -> Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 178 of 222
FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Load from Data Stream and Copy (Enhanced)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SEM-BW 605), you can specify
that the system is to ignore any data records from the source environment (BI
InfoProvider when loading from a data stream; source version or source group currency
when copying) in which all key figures are zero when it loads from data streams or
copies using the Delete All update mode.
Previously, when you selected Reported Financial Data or All Data Types as the
data type in a data collection method of the type Load from Data Stream or Copy, the
system also automatically read any data records from the source environment in which
all key figures were zero. If the breakdowns for the source data are incorrect, the
consistency check generates errors when writing the data to the target environment
although the key figures actually have no values. These types of errors in the source
data are irrelevant when the Delete All update mode is used.
If you activate the new business function, you can specify that the system is to ignore
these data records in which all key figures are zero when it loads from data streams or
copies the Reported Financial Data or All Data Types data types when update mode
Delete All is used.
Effects on System Administration
To activate the new functions, select the new Ignore Data Records with Key Figure
Zero indicator in Customizing for the Load from Data Stream or Copy methods.
See also
Release note Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale (New)
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages ->ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business
Functions -> Accounting -> Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 179 of 222
FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Historical Currency Translation Without C/I (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SEM-BW 605), you can perform
the historical currency translation based on additional financial data without having to
activate the consolidation of investments.
For the historical currency translation, you have to select Investments or Equity as the
procedure for exchange rate determination in Customizing for currency translation
methods. To be able to do this, the Investments and Equity data streams must have
been generated in the data basis. However, you could previously only do this if you had
activated the consolidation of investments in the settings for the consolidation area.
By activating the new business function, you can now activate the Investments and
Equity data streams without having to activate the consolidation of investments.
See also
Release note Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale (New)
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages ->ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business
Functions -> Accounting -> Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 180 of 222
FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Document Type Assignment in the Balance Carryforward (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SEM-BW 605), you can define a
document type assignment in the Customizing settings for balance carryforwards. To
do this, you assign an automatic target document type to a manual source document
type. When you execute the balance carryforward, the system replaces the source
document type used to post the data records to be carried forward in the previous year
with the target document type in the data records carried forward.
If you posted manual corrections to remove errors from reported partner data after
interunit elimination, for example, you can use this function to carry forward the manual
corrections to your standard automatic document types for interunit elimination.
Effects on System Administration
In the consolidation workbench, choose Balance Carryforward -> Document Type
Assignment, and enter the source and target document types in the table.
The following constraints apply:
o The attributes (such as the posting level) for the source and target document
types must be identical.
Exception: A manual source document type can be assigned to an automatic
target document type.
o If you have already entered a document type in the document type assignment
for the adjustment of deferred taxes, you cannot enter this in the document type
assignment for the balance carryforward.
See also
Release note Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale (New)
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages ->ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business
Functions -> Accounting -> Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 181 of 222
FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Compare Investment to Equity (Enhanced)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SEM-BW 605), you can specify
whether the system is to display an error message or simply a warning when the
function to compare investment to equity is run in the consolidation of investments.
Activating the check previously always resulted in an error message when
inconsistencies were detected. If this is not the desired behavior, for example, because
the investment was reported outside the particular consolidation group, you can specify
that the system is to display a warning instead.
Effects on System Administration
Once you have activated the FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS business function, a new
dropdown list is displayed next to the Compare Investment to Equity indicator in the
system utilization for consolidation of investments. Select the required value from this
list.
See also
Release note Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale (New)
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages ->ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business
Functions -> Accounting -> Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 182 of 222
FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Hiding Statistical Items in the Log (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SEM-BW 605), you can
dynamically show or hide statistical items in the log for consolidation of investments.
Previously, you could specify in the system utilization for the consolidation of
investments whether the system was to display statistical items in the log. If you have
activated the FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS business function, an additional pushbutton
appears in the task log that allows you to show or hide the statistical items as required.
When you perform the consolidation of investments, the statistical items are initially
either shown or hidden in the log based on the setting you configured in the system
utilization settings. The new pushbutton enables you to then show or hide the statistical
items in the log display for the current task.
This function can also be used to display items from saved logs for consolidation of
investments.
See also
Release note Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale (New)
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages ->ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business
Functions -> Accounting -> Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 183 of 222
FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Equity Method (Changed)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SEM-BW 605), you can carry
goodwill in the local currency of the investee unit when using the equity method. You
can also perform the equity method with group shares.
Goodwill in Local Currency
When you use this function, the system treats the goodwill as follows:
o The system manages the goodwill for an equity-method investee unit in the
goodwill ODS in the same way it does for purchase method units.
o The system posts the goodwill for the parent unit in group currency only.
o The system also posts currency translation differences for equity-method
investee units to both goodwill ODS and the documents for the Goodwill
consolidation of investments activity.
Equity Method with Group Shares
Until now, you could only perform the investment adjustment for the equity method with
direct shares of direct investors of the equity-method investee unit. The system
explicitly reports minority interest based on the group shares of the investors. If you
perform the equity method with group shares, the system adjusts investments for the
investors based specifically on their group shares. The system does not explicitly report
minority interest in this case.
Effects on System Administration
Goodwill in Local Currency
When you previously selected the equity method accounting technique in the
Customizing settings for a consolidation of investments method, the Carry Goodwill in
Local Currency checkbox was not ready for input. If you activate the
FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS business function, you can activate this checkbox. However,
in this case, you still cannot post the goodwill on the investee unit.
Equity Method with Group Shares
The system performs the equity method with direct shares by default. In Customizing
for consolidation of investment methods, you can specify that the system is to perform
the equity method with group shares instead.
See also
Release note Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale (New)
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages ->ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business
Functions -> Accounting -> Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 184 of 222
FIN_ACC_GC_ASTHFS: Consistency Check for Manual Document Types (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SEM-BW 605), you can use a
new report to check the consistency in the control of document fields with respect to the
data model, and make any corrections required.
If you make changes to the data model after you have created document types for
manual postings, this can result in inconsistencies in the control of document fields for
the document types.
Until now, the system eliminated these inconsistencies when a data collection task was
run to which you assigned the inconsistent document type for posting documents. If,
when you execute the task, the system identifies this type of inconsistency in the
Customizing settings for a document type, the system attempts to correct this
inconsistency automatically. Where applicable, a message is also displayed requesting
you to save the changes.
A new report now checks manual document types for these inconsistencies and
eliminates them when you execute the report in the update run. We recommend that
you always execute the report whenever you have made changes to the data model.
Before you execute the report, specify the consolidation area in the global parameters.
The report only ever checks the manual document types for this consolidation area that
you specified in the global parameters. When you have configured this setting, execute
report UCUMD_REPAIR_DOCTYPE_FIELDOPT in transaction SE38.
See also
Release note Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale (New)
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages ->ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business
Functions -> Accounting -> Financials, Group Close, Assets Held for Sale
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 185 of 222
Treasury
Business Function FIN In-House Cash Module Enhancements
FIN_INHOUSE_CASH_1: In-House Cash Module Enhancements (New)
Use
As of SAP ECC 6.0, Enterprise Extension Financial Services, Enhancement Package 5
(EA-FS 605), the business function In-House Cash Module Enhancements
(FIN_INHOUSE_CASH_1) is available. You can implement this business function to
take advantage of new features in the In-House Cash solution.
A feature for cash concentration reference enables you to maintain a reference
between the bank customer account (BCA) payment orders and the In-House Cash
payment orders. When the cash concentration run takes place, two payment orders are
created - one from the BCA and another from In-House Cash. These payment orders
are now linked and the details are available in the logs of the In-House Cash payment
order.
A feature for payment order reversal is available. With this feature, you can reverse
payment orders for both cross bank and external payments. On reversing a cross bank
payment order, the reversal of the generated payment order takes place. On reversing
an external payment order, if the generated payment request is cleared then the
clearing document and the payment request is also reversed. There is a provision
available which lets you enter the reason for reversing the payment request and, if
available, the clearing document.
You can now unblock and post payment orders in bulk. The final posting of the
payment order occurs only when confirmation is received from the external bank.
The addition of a dual control checkbox enables you to control the dual control setting
when the In-House Cash account limit is exceeded.
See also
Refer to the following detailed release notes for additional information on:
o Unblocking and Posting of Payment Order
o Dual Control for Limit Check
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 186 of 222
FIN_INHOUSE_CASH_1: Unblocking and Posting of Payment Order (New)
Use
As of SAP ECC 6.0, Enterprise Extension Financial Services, Enhancement Package 5
(EA-FS 605), business function In-House Cash Module Enhancements
(FIN_INHOUSE_CASH_1), a new feature for unblocking and posting payment orders is
available. With this feature, the final posting of a payment order happens only after a
confirmation on the clearing is received from the external bank. Payment orders are
posted provisionally until an accepted items message is received from the bank,
indicating that the payment has been debited. On receiving the bank statement from
the external bank, it is uploaded to determine if the payment for the corresponding
payment order is cleared. If it has been cleared, the particular payment is selected and
unblocked so that it can be finally posted.
Effects on Customizing
In Customizing, choose Financial Supply Chain Management -> In-House Cash ->
Account Management -> Payment Processes in In-House Cash -> Central Cash
Receipt / Incoming Bank Statements -> Define Transaction Types for Incoming
Payment.
For information on what steps to take, see the relevant online documentation.
See also
This note provides additional information on a feature from the business function
FIN_INHOUSE_CASH_1, In-House Cash Module Enhancements. See the relevant
release note for details of other features available in that business function.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 187 of 222
FIN_INHOUSE_CASH_1: Dual Control for Limit Check
Use
As of SAP ECC 6.0, Enterprise Extension Financial Services, Enhancement Package 5
(EA-FS 605), business function In-House Cash Module Enhancements
(FIN_INHOUSE_CASH_1), a new dual control check feature is available. A flag (No
Dual) is used to prevent the payment order from going into dual control mode
automatically when the account limit exceeds. If the flag is checked, the payment order
would fail to post and would not go to into dual control. If the flag is not checked, the
payment order would go to into dual control when the account limit exceeds.
Effects on Customizing
To check the Dual Control checkbox in Customizing, choose Financial Supply Chain
Management -> In-House Cash -> Account Management -> Payment Processes in In-
House Cash -> Define Transaction Types.
See also
This note provides additional information on a feature from the business function
FIN_INHOUSE_CASH_1, In-House Cash Module Enhancements. See the relevant
release note for details of the other features available in that business function.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 188 of 222
Business Function Financial Risk Management for Commodities
FIN_TRM_COMM_RM: Financial Risk Management for Commodities (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business
function TRM, Financial Risk Management for Commodities (FIN_TRM_COMM_RM)
delivers functionality for the following commodity processes:
o Exposure Management for Commodities
Commodity Exposure Reporting (transaction TISCER)
Is a report to display the physical and paper trades of a commodity. The report
also displays the net long and short position of a commodity. One report can
display the volume, contract value and market value.
o Commodity Swaps
Feature enables you to create and maintain commodity swap deals. A
commodity swap is similar to an interest rate swap, but the parties exchange a
fixed price for a commodity with a floating, or variable, price for the commodity.
o Commodity OTC Options
Feature enables you to create and maintain commodity OTC option deals. A
commodity OTC option is a special kind of OTC option with an underlying
commodity forward. OTC deals are the result of discussion and negotiation
between two parties, without the intervention and/or regulation of a market-
exchange. The terms and conditions of the trades are completely deal-specific
and are formalized by a legal document called the confirmation document.
o Within Hedge Management you can hedge commodity risks
- Spot-Spot Method
The commodity hedging feature enables hedge management using a spot-
spot or dual-spot method to perform hedge accounting and effectiveness
tests on commodity hedges.
- Hedging with Commodity Swaps
Commodity swap offers the hedger the opportunity to convert floating price
contract to fixed price and vice-versa, hence helping to hedge the
commodity price risk.
o The delivered functionality includes transactions for commodity master and
market data including commodity curves, which enable you to represent future
commodity prices, including the cost of carry and convenience yield.
o FAS 157 Reporting
FAS 157 reports is compliance reporting of fair values of financial instruments.
The report displays the fair values of financial instruments and the system is able
to classify the instruments in 3 levels.
o Carbon credits and emission certificates trading
Due to the Kyoto Protocol, customers require trading of paper emission
certificates in the market. These certificates are in the form of instruments like
futures, forwards, and listed options. This new functionality allows trading in
these certificates under a new category, Weather.
Effects on Existing Data
New Structure
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 189 of 222
The new structure Financial Risk Management for Commodities under Financial Supply
Chain Management -> Treasury and Risk Management covers all functionality needed
for the commodity processes.
New Functions
o The new functions Maintain Commodity Curves (transaction TANCMASTER)
and Define Delivery Location (transaction TPM_LOCATION) are available under
Financial Risk Management for Commodities -> Master Data.
o Under Financial Risk Management for Commodities -> Market Data & Simulation
-> Market Data and also under Treasury and Risk Management -> Basic
Functions -> Market Data Management -> Manual Market Data Entry ->
Commodities the following new functions are available:
- Display Future Style Commodity Curve (transaction TPM_TRCO_FUTMD)
- Enter Commodity Forward Market Data (transaction TPM_TRCO_FWMD)
o Under Financial Risk Management for Commodities -> Market Data & Simulation
-> Market Data you can find the new function Compare Commodity Curves
(transaction TANCC_COMPARE).
o You can find the new function for collective processing of commodity swaps
(transaction FTRCOMS00) under Financial Risk Management for Commodities -
> Back Office -> Collective Processing.
o The new report Commodity Exposure Reporting (transaction TISCER) is
available under Financial Risk Management for Commodites -> Information
System.
o Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Market Risk Analyzer -> Tools ->
Reorganization Tools -> Financial Object -> Financial Object Integration you can
find the following new entries:
- Generate Financial Objects for Exposure Positions
(AFO_AP_EXP_MMIG)
- Edit Financial Objects for Exposure Positions (AFO_AP_EXP_MUPD)
o Under Financial Risk Management for Commodities -> Utilities and also under
Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> Utilities -> Archiving
you find the new node Raw Exposures and Exposure Positions (Exposure
Management 2.0)
- Preprocessing Raw Exposures and Exposure Positions (transaction
FTREX31)
- Reset Preprocessing Raw Exposures and Exposure Positions (transaction
FTREX32)
- Archive Raw Exposures (transaction FTREX41)
- Archive Expo sure Positions (transaction FTREX42)
o Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Financial Risk Management for
Commodities -> Information System -> Regulatory Reporting -> FAS 157 you
find the following new functions:
- Classify Securities by Level (transaction FTI_FAS157_LEV_SEC)
- Classify Loans by Level (transaction FTI_FAS157_LEV_LOAN)
- Classify OTC Deals by Level (transaction FTI_FAS157_LEV_OTC)
- FAS157 Compliance Overview (transaction FTI_FAS157_OVERVIEW)
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 190 of 222
- FAS157 Level 3 Details (transaction FTI_FAS157_LEVEL3)
Changed/Replaced Functions
o The function Maintain Commodity Master Data (transaction FCZZ which replaces
TPM_CTY_MASTER in the area menu) has been enhanced by a tree control,
which shows the commodity hierarchy and eases the access of the commodities.
On the tab page Basic Data the new fields Commodity Category,
Delivery Location and Incoterms are available and for entering Forward
Rate Dates you can use the conform new tab page.
o The functions for interest rate calculation (TI10, TI11, TI12, TI13, TI37, TJ05,
TJ05_REV, TJ09) have been changed. Now you can adjust interest rates and
commodity prices. The structure nodes are renamed to Variable Rate/Price
Calculation.
o The transaction management functionality has been enhanced for handling the
new product category 810 Commodity Swap.
Effects on Customizing
The new component Financial Risk Management for Commodities does not have its
own customizing. The customizing of the SAP Treasury and Risk Management
includes all activities needed for the Commodity processes.
New IMG activities
o Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Basic Functions -> Market Data
Management -> Master Data -> Commodities you can find the following new IMG
activities:
- Define Commodity Curve Type (under the new node Settings for
Commodity Curve)
- Define Market Data Provider
o Define Incoterms is available under Treasury and Risk Management ->
Transaction Manager-> Listed Derivatives-> Master Data-> Commodities.
o Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> General
Settings -> Hedge Management -> Number Ranges you can find the following
new IMG activities:
- Define Number Ranges for (Automatic) Hypothetical Derivative
- Assign Number Range for (Automatic) Hypothetical derivative to Company
Code
o Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> General
Settings -> Hedge Management -> Settings for Exposure Management 2.0 you
can find the new node Archiving Raw Exposures and Exposure Positions which
contains the new activitiy Maintain Company Code Dependent Retention Periods
o Under Treasury and Risk Management - > Transaction Manager -> General
Settings -> Information System -> FAS 157 you can find the following new IMG
activities:
- FAS157: Classify Product Categories and Types into Levels
- FAS 157: Assign Update Types to Level 3 Categories
Changed IMG activities
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 191 of 222
o Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> Listed
Derivatives -> Transaction Management -> Transaction Types the activity
Define Transaction Types has been enhanced for managing the new product
category 810 Commodity Swap with the the new area Commodity Swap
which provides the following fields:
- Indicator Use netting
- Side Category Incoming Side of the Swap
- Side Category for Outgoing Side of the Swap
o Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> General
Setting -> Hedge Management -> Effectiveness Test -> Define Calculation
Types the new indicator Create Hypothetical Derivative automatically is
available.
See also
o Test case: Commodity Exposure Reporting
o Test case: Commodity Options
o Test case: Commodity SWAPS
o Test case: Commodity Curves
o Test case: Exposure Manager 2.0 - Enhancements
o Test case: Hedging With Commodity SWAPS
o Test case: Spot - Spot Method Used with Commodity Hedging
o Test case: Reporting in Compliance with FAS157
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 192 of 222
Business Function TRM, Correspondence Framework 2
FIN_TRM_CORR_FW_2: TRM Correspondence Framework 2 (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), the business
function TRM Correspondence Framework 2 (FIN_TRM_CORR_FW_2) is available.
You can implement this business function to take advantage of the new
correspondence framework and use the following new features:
o Processing of SWIFT MT566 messages (dividend payments only)
o Mass approval of correspondence objects
Processing of SWIFT MT566 messages (dividend payments only):
You can store data received through corporate action messages as correspondence
objects, and can compare the data received through those messages. After an
incoming MT566 message is read, a corresponding correspondence object with the
status received is created. The incoming message is reconciled with the condition data
of the respective security ID. This can be triggered online by batch or automatically.
Once a correspondence object is created for an MT566 message, it becomes eligible
for comparison. The Business Add-In (BADI_TCOR_EVENT) replaces the comparison
logic between the calculated corporate action data and the data received through
corporate action messages. Tolerance between calculated corporate action data and
data received from corporate action messages is now available. An alert lets you know
when the difference between the calculated corporate action data and data received
from corporate action messages falls outside defined tolerances. If the comparison
fails, an alert process (if requested) is initiated.
Any correspondence object that has failed comparison during inbound processing must
be reconciled and coupled with a corresponding security ID, if one exists in the class
master data. In this case, status functions Reconcile is used in the status function
instead of Automatic Match.
Mass Approval of Correspondence Objects:
Bulk work items waiting for approval can be approved. Different services are available
for a work item, such as request, release, and resend. Details of a particular financial
transaction can be provided by a service display, which lists the details of the
correspondence object. The feature can be accessed through the new web application
Massapproval (transaction FTR_MASSAPPROVAL).
Effects on Existing Data
New functions
Under Transaction Manager -> Money Market / Freign Exhange / Derivatives /
Securities/ Commodities-> Trade /Back Office -> Correspondence you find the
following new functions for dividend payments:
o Reconcile Corporate Actions (transaction FTR_RECO_CORP_ACT)
o Reconcile Corporate Action in Batch (transaction FTR_RECON_CA_BATCH)
o Send for Approval in Batch Mode (transaction FTR_SEND_APPRVL)
Also we provide the new new web application Massapproval (transaction
FTR_MASSAPPROVAL).
Effects on Customizing
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 193 of 222
New Customizing Activities
Under Transaction Manger -> General Settings -> Correspondence -> General Settings
you find the following new activities:
o Maintain Tolerance for Dividend Payments
o BAdI: Influence Events After Storing Correspondence Objects
Changed Customizing Activities
o BAdI: Influence Events After Saving Correspondence Objects
has been changed.
See also
o Test Case: Processing of SWIFT MT566, Mass Approval of Correspondence
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 194 of 222
Business Function TRM, Hedge Management for FAM 2, Additional Scenarios
FIN_TRM_INS_HM_2: Hedge Management for FAM 2, Additional Scenarios (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605) the business
function Hedge Management for FAM 2, Additional Scenarios (FIN_TRM_INS_HM_2)
is available, which provides several uses cases for streamlined hedge management
processes to eliminate market price and interest rate risks of financial instruments in
terms of business and accounting. The available hedging relationship categories are:
o Fair Value Hedges
o Cash Flow Hedges
o the special German category Units of Valuation (German: Bewertungseinheiten).
With the integration of positions and subpositions as financial objects into the Risk
Analyzer, you are now able to select directly by position and subposition. This
represents an advantage because the calculation of the net present value is based on
the positions/subpositions.
The Hedge Management for FAM provides a single point of entry for auditor enquiries
on hedging activities to identify hedged items and hedging instruments, to the
effectiveness tests and the documentation. With the new logical database TRM, Hedge
Management for FAM Reporting (FTI_TR_THX_HEDGE) you get a better access to the
Hedge Management for FAM data for analyzing your hedging relationships.
Effects on Existing Data
The user interface for transaction Manage Hedging Relationships (transaction
TPM100) has been changed:
o new tab Worklist as additional search function
o new indicator With Rollover on Hedging Relationship Detail tab in the frame Risk
and Profile is available for all profiles with one of the following scenarios:
- 110 FVH: Price Risk with Adjusted Spot-Spot Value w/o FX
- 522 UoV: FSTs as Hedging Instruments
- 532 UoV: FST Hedged with FSTs
This indicator has to be set, when you want to rollover a hedging relationship.
Within a fair value hedge you have to decide and document before designation, if
rollover is allowed for a hedging relationship.
Additional hint:
When in the hedging relationship the rollover isn't allowed, then the rollover of a
FST which is part of the hedging relationship isn't possible even if in the FST the
rollover is allowed.
o the new Effectiveness Test Status: N Always Effective (Shortcut) is available
This new status is used for Units of Valuation which do not need an effectiveness
test and also for the Shortcut Method.
- When in the customizing of the HM-FAM in the hedging profile the new
parameter Test Plan Category is set to Effectiveness Testing is Disabled
(e.g. Shortcut-Method), then the effectiveness status of a hedging
relationship is Always Effective.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 195 of 222
- When you choose in the hedging profile a scenario for Units of Valuation,
you have to set the Test Plan Category to Effectiveness Testing is
Disabled (e.g. Shortcut-Method). The effectiveness status of a hedging
relationship for UoV is Always Effective.
o on the tab page Hedged Item for cash flow hedges the area Hedged Items Detail
the new field Hypothetical Derivative is available for cash flow hedges. Push the
button Detail View beside the new field and you reach the new screen
Hypothetical Derivative Details. This screen contains two tab pages.
- The Structure tab page shows the Start and End of term, the Outgoing
Interest and the Incoming Interest of the hypthetical derivative.
- The other tab page shows the Cash Flow of the hypothetical derivative
which represents the hedged item within the effectiveness test.
o On tab page Effectiveness Tests the new tab page for RET History is available
which provides a graphical overview for the retrospective effectiveness tests.
Also on tab page Test Execution a new column for the indicator Test Not According to Test Plan is available.
The area menu has been enhanced by the following new entries:
o Treasury and Risk Management -> Market Risk Analyzer -> Master Data ->
Derive Rule Values -> Subledger Positions/Subpositions (transaction
AFO_FOI_RULE_TRL)
o Treasury and Risk Management -> Market Risk Analyzer -> Tools ->
Reorganisation Tools -> Financial Object Integration
- Edit Financial Object for Subledger Positions / Subpositions (transaction
AFO_AP_TRL_MUPD)
- Generate Financial Object for Subledger Positions / Subpositions
(transaction AFO_AP_TRL_MMIG)
Effects on Customizing
Changed IMG activities
o Under Hedge Management for FAM -> Number Ranges -> Assign Number
Ranges a new column for assigning the number range for hypothetical
derivatives is added.
o Under Hedge Management for FAM -> Effectiveness Test -> Effectiveness Test
Method the following new effectiveness test method categories are available:
- 12 Schleifer Noise Method
- 21 Linear Regression Method
- 31 Critical Term Match Method
The area Prospective Effectiveness Test Detail has been enhanced by the
following fields:
- Market Data Calc. Logic
- Number of Basis Points
- Effectiveness Test Critical Term Type
The area Dollar Offset Method Related Settings has been enhanced by the
Schleifer Noise Method related new field Threshold (%) The new area Linear Regression Method Related Settings is available which
contains the following new fields:
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 196 of 222
- Number of Data Points
- Time Slice Type
- Calendar
- Holiday Movement Type
- Alpha
- Assessment Method
- Slope & R² Condition Type
The following fields are available for the Assessment Method Independent
- Indicator Check R²
- Min. / Max R²
- Indicator Check Intercept
- Min / Max Intercept Coeff.
- Indicator Check Slope
- Min / Max Slope Coefficient
- Not Equal to T-Statistic
o Under Hedge Management for FAM -> Define Hedging Profiles:
- the following new Hedging Relationship Scenarios are available:
- 120 FVH: Stocks Hedged with OTC Options
- 130 FVH: Stock Hedged with Total Return Swap
- 150 FVH: Bond Hedged with Interest Rate Swap
- 510 UoV: FX Forwards as Hedging Instruments
- 520 UoV: Swaps as Hedging Instruments
- 521 UoV: Futures as Hedging Instruments
- 522 UoV: FSTs as Hedging Instruments
- 523 UoV: Forwards as Hedging Instruments
- 530 UoV: FX Forwards Hedged with FX Forwards
- 531 UoV: Swap Hedged with Swaps
- 532 UoV: FST Hedged with FSTs
- 710 CFH: Bond Hedged with Interest Rate Swap
- 720 CFH: Loan Hedged with IRS
- new field Test Plan Category is available
- new field ET Handling in Derived Business Transactions is
available
- new field Hypothetical Derivative Creation Category
- new area Documentation Handling with the new checkbox Optional Documentation
For Units of Valuation it's not always necessary to have documentation.
o Under Hedge Management for FAM -> Update Types -> Assign Update Types
for Hedge Man. Business Transactions to Product Types two new columns for
the rollover update types are added.
o Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> General
Settings -> Accounting -> Settings for Position Management -> Define Position
Management Procedure the new indicator Interest Rate Risk is available in the
area Risk Categories for Hedge Accounting for FAM.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 197 of 222
New IMG activities
o Under Hedge Management for FAM -> Number Ranges you can find the new
IMG activity Define Number Ranges for Hypothetical Derivatives.
o Under Hedge Management for FAM -> Effectiveness Test you can find the
following new entries:
- under the new node Settings for Linear Regression are the new IMG
activity Define Condition Type is available and also the BAdI: Linear Regression Assessment Method Enhancement.
- Define Critical Term Type
o Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Basic Analyzer Settings -> Automatic
Integration of Financial Objects in Transaction Master Data - > Subledger
Positions and Subpositions you will find the following new IMG activities:
- Activate/Deactivate Financial Object Integration
- Define Derivation Strategy for Subledger Positions and Subpositions
- BAdI: Subledger Positions and Subpositions
See also
o Test Case: FVH: Stock (PC not equal to LC) Hedged with FST (Price Risk)
o Test Case: FVH: Stock in LC Hedged with OTC Option (Price Risk)
o Test Case: FVH: Bond Hedged with Interest Rate Swap (Interest Rate Risk)
o Test Case: UoV: Stock in Unit of Valuation with FST
o Test Case: CFH: Bond Hedged with Interest Rate Swap (Interest Rate Risk)
o For more information, refer to the SAP Library under Business Function Sets and
Business Functions -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Financial
Supply Chain Management -> Treasury and Risk Management -> Hegde
Managemet for FAM -> Hedge Management for FAM 2, Additional Scenarios.
o The documentation for the new functions in the SAP Library under SAP ERP
Central Component -> Accounting -> SAP Financial Supply Chain Management
(FIN-FSCM) -> SAP Treasury and Risk Management (TRM) -> Transaction
Manager -> Hedge Management for Financial Asset Management (HM-FAM).
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 198 of 222
Business Function TRM, Transaction Management Localization for France
FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR: Business Function TRM, Transaction Management Localization for France (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), the business
function TRM, Transaction Management Localization for France
(FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR) is available. With this business function, you can meet
country-specific requirements in the Transaction Manager (FIN-FSCM-TRM-TM)
component for France. In particular, it enables French life insurance companies to carry
out treasury processes in accordance with the requirements of French GAAP and
French tax GAAP.
For more information, see the following release notes:
o FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR: Amortized Cost (New)
o FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR: Capitalization Reserves (New)
o FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR: FIFO Reevaluation (New)
o FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR: Impairment (New)
Note
To use this business function, you have to activate the Financial Services (EA-FS)
Enterprise Extension.
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP ERP
Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement Package 5 ->
Business Functions -> Business Functions in SAP ERP -> Enterprise Business
Functions -> Accounting -> Country-Specific Business Functions -> TRM,
Transaction Management Localization for France.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 199 of 222
FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR: Amortized Cost (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business
function TRM, Transaction Management Localization for France
(FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR), you can use the linear amortized cost (LAC) method or the
scientific amortized cost (SAC) method for debt securities, depending on the difference
between the purchase price and the nominal price. According to French GAAP, if the
difference between the purchase price and the nominal price of a debt security is less
than 10% of its nominal price, the LAC method must be used. If it is more than 10%,
the SAC method must be used.
To enable you to switch between these methods, you can assign an alternative position
management procedure to the Customizing records created for the assignment of the
default position management procedure. You also define a threshold that the system
uses to determine which position management procedure is required. A consolidated
assignment check enables you to keep track of the records created for the default
position management procedure and to update the assignment of the alternative
position management procedure accordingly.
Effects on Customizing
You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Financial
Supply Chain Management under Treasury and Risk Management. In addition to
the required generic settings, you make country-specific settings in the following new
Customizing activities:
o Activate Alternative Pos. Management Proc. for Product Types: Specify that an alternative position management procedure must be
used for certain product types.
o Assign Alternative Position Management Procedure: Assign the
alternative position management procedure to the existing Customizing records
for the default position management procedure and specify the percentage that
the system uses to determine which procedure is required.
o Run Consolidated Assignment Check: Keep track of the records
created for the default position management procedure and update the
assignment of the alternative position management procedure accordingly.
o Activate Functions for Company Code: Activate the amortized cost
function for the required company codes.
See also
o Release note FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR: Business Function TRM, Transaction Management Localization for France (New)
o SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com -> SAP
ERP Central Component -> Financials -> SAP Financial Supply Chain
Management (FIN-FSCM) -> SAP Treasury and Risk Management (TRM) ->
Transaction Manager -> Country-Specific Functions -> Treasury and Risk
Management - France (TRM)
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 200 of 222
FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR: Capitalization Reserves (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business
function TRM, Transaction Management Localization for France
(FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR), you can post capital gains and losses from the sale of debt
securities to a separate balance account for capitalization reserves instead of to the
profit and loss account, as required by French GAAP. This feature meets the following
requirements:
o The posting amount is the difference between the sale amount and the
amortized book value, which is calculated using the scientific amortized cost
(SAC) method. Amortization is recalculated using the SAC method for debt
securities that have been amortized using the linear amortized cost (LAC)
method.
o Capital gains increase the account balance and capital losses decrease it, but
the account balance cannot be negative. If an account balance of zero is
reached when posting losses, any remaining capital loss is posted to the profit
and loss account.
Effects on Existing Data
A reconciliation report has been added to the area menu. This enables you to identify
financial transactions that have been incorrectly posted to the capitalization reserve
account, and to branch directly to the Manual Posting (FWBS) transaction to correct
the account balance.
To use the reconciliation report, on the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Accounting
-> Financial Supply Chain Management -> Treasury and Risk Management ->
Transaction Manager -> Country Specifics -> France -> Capitalization Reserves -
> Reconciliation Report.
Effects on Customizing
You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Financial
Supply Chain Management under Treasury and Risk Management. In addition to
the required generic settings, you make country-specific settings in the following new
Customizing activities:
o Activate Capitalization Reserves for Product Types: Activate the
calculation of capitalization reserves for one or more product types within a
specific valuation area in a company code and assign the amortization method to
the corresponding accounting code.
o Assign Update Types for Capitalization Reserves Posting:
Assign the update types for the capitalization reserves posting to the relevant
position management procedure.
o Assign Update Types for Manual Posting: Assign the relevant update
types for manual posting.
o Activate Functions for Company Code: Activate the capitalization
reserves function for the required company codes.
You can adapt the calculation of the account balance to your own requirements using
the new Business Add-In (BAdI) BAdI: Calculate Balance for Capitalization Reserve Account.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 201 of 222
See also
o Release note FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR: Business Function TRM, Transaction Management Localization for France (New)
o SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com -> SAP
ERP Central Component -> Financials -> SAP Financial Supply Chain
Management (FIN-FSCM) -> SAP Treasury and Risk Management (TRM) ->
Transaction Manager -> Country-Specific Functions -> Treasury and Risk
Management - France (TRM)
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 202 of 222
FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR: FIFO Reevaluation (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business
function TRM, Transaction Management Localization for France
(FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR), you can perform tax accounting and financial accounting for
the same assets by organizing them in parallel portfolio structures. This feature enables
you to do the following:
o Perform financial accounting according to French GAAP for separate portfolios
using the first in first out (FIFO) method (for example, nonregulated portfolios
that are created for each product class in the life insurance section of an
insurance company).
o Perform tax accounting according to French tax GAAP by consolidating the
positions in the separate nonregulated portfolios into one tax portfolio in an
additional valuation area and reevaluating the positions using the FIFO method.
You activate FIFO reevaluation for a specific company code. When business
transactions are performed in this company code, the system assigns the business
transactions to the additional valuation area that is being used for FIFO reevaluation
and copies the business transactions from the nonregulated portfolios to the tax
portfolio. It also maps the relevant security accounts to a separate security account
assigned to the additional valuation area.
Effects on Existing Data
To carry out FIFO reevaluation for existing business transactions, you can transfer
them to the additional valuation area by executing program
IDCFM_FRRF_TRQ_BUSTRANS_FILL in transaction SA38.
Effects on Customizing
You make the Customizing settings for this function in Customizing for Financial
Supply Chain Management under Treasury and Risk Management. In addition to
the required generic settings, you make country-specific settings in the following new
Customizing activities:
o Define Additional Valuation Area: Define the additional valuation area
that is to be used for FIFO reevaluation.
o Map Nonregulated Portfolios to Tax Portfolio: Map the nonregulated
portfolios to the tax portfolio.
o Activate Functions for Company Code: Activate FIFO reevaluation for
the required company codes.
o Check FIFO Reevaluation Settings: Check that the required
Customizing settings have been made for FIFO reevaluation.
See also
o Release note FIN_TRM_INS_LOCFR: Business Function TRM, Transaction Management Localization for France (New)
o SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com -> SAP
ERP Central Component -> Financials -> SAP Financial Supply Chain
Management (FIN-FSCM) -> SAP Treasury and Risk Management (TRM) ->
Transaction Manager -> Country-Specific Functions -> Treasury and Risk
Management - France (TRM)
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 203 of 222
Business Function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business
function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting
(FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3) you can use new functionality within the SAP Treasury and
Risk Management which improves efficiency and fulfill legal requirements including
enhancements in reporting and straight-through processing.
The following new functionality is available:
o New financial instruments
- FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Forward Loan Purchase
- FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Fiduciary Deposit
- FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Total Return Swap
o Transaction Management
- FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Company Code Dependent Rate Type for Currency Translation
- FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Variable Rate/Price Calculation
- New Business Application Programming Interface for Securities Lending
(SecuritiesLending, BUS5770) in the BAPI Explorer (transaction
BAPI) under Financials -> Financial Supply Chain Management available
to create, change, reverse, rollover and give notice security lending
transactions. You can also use the functions GetDetail and
PrepareChangeStructure.
o Accounting
- FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Enhancements in Single Position Management
- FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Separating Posting and Paying Step
- FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Retrospective SAC Amortization Method
- FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Additional Account Assignments
- The manual posting function (transaction FWBS) is able to post in
securities account management indicating the differentiation criteria
that is used for position differentiation.
- New Rounding Rule for FX Conversion at Valuation
You can choose between round down or round arthmetic the valuation
amount in valuation currency after currency translation. The round down
rule is required for e.g. by the Korean GAAP.
The new indicator Rounding Rule for FX Conversion at Valuation is
available under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 204 of 222
> General Settings -> Accounting -> Settings for Position Management ->
Define Position Management Procedure in the new area Rounding Rule.
- For year end valuation you now can opt to have it reset afterwards which
is required for e.g. by IFRS accounting rules. Under Treasury and Risk
Management -> Transaction Manager -> General Settings -> Accounting -
> Settings for Position Management -> Define Security Valuation
Procedure the new field Create Reset Flows During Year End Security
Valuation is available.
- You can choose between the book rate and the market rate for the
conversion of the amortization amount into valuation currency in the
Customizing under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction
Manager -> General Settings -> Accounting -> Settings for Position
Management -> Key Date Valuation -> Define Amortization Procedure
(new field Conversion Category).
- The special security valuation is now also possible for the one step
valuation procedures.
Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager ->
General Settings -> Accounting -> Settings for Position Management ->
Key Date Valuation -> Define One-Step Price Valuation Procedure the
indicator Enable Special Write-Up/Write-Down for Securities is available.
o Master Data
- FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Additional Tab Pages in Class Data
- FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Authorization Check for Security Price Maintenance
o Information System
- FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: FAS 157 Reporting
- New Payment Journal (TPM20A), see also FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Separating Posting and Paying Step
o Exposure Management 2.0
- FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Archiving of Raw Exposures and Exposure Positions
o Risk Analyzer
- FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Accounting Analyzer
- Within the Credit Risk Analyzer it is now possible to run the End-of-Day
Processing (transaction KLNACHT) per company code.
Effects on Data Transfer
When you activate the Business Function, you will see that changes have been made
to the area menu, the user interfaces, and the implementation guide (IMG). For more
information, see the release notes mentioned above.
See also
o Test Case: Fiduciary Deposit
o Test Case: Forward Loan Purchase
o Test Case: Total Return Swap
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 205 of 222
o Test Case: Enhancements in Single Position Management
o Test Case: Manual Posting
o Test Case: Flexible Conversion of Foreign Exchange Rate
o Test Case: Retrospective SAC Amortization Method for MBS
o Test Case: Derivation Tool
o Test Case: Enhancement of Class Data
o Test Case: Reporting in Compliance with FAS157
o Test Case: Accounting Analyzer
o For more information, refer to the SAP Library under Business Function Sets and
Business Functions -> Enterprise Business Functions -> Accounting -> Financial
Supply Chain Management -> Treasury and Risk Management -> TRM, New
Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 206 of 222
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Forward Loan Purchases (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), a new
feature for managing forward loan purchases is available.
A forward loan purchase is an agreement between two counterparties to enter into a
loan contract. The loan is not paid out directly after the agreement but at a later point in
time. All the loan ingredients are fixed at the contract closure.
Processing related to the new feature begins in Loans Management and continues in
the Transaction Manager under Treasury and Risk Management. The approach is to
build up the derivative (forward contract) in the Treasury and Risk Management
application. The loans contract is built up in the Loans Management module using
existing functions. The forward loan purchase is restricted to the parallel valuation
areas (valuation area 0001 is excluded).
Effects on Customizing
You need to have Loans Management installed, configured, and running in your
system. You can find the relevant configuration activites in Customizing under SAP
Banking -> Loans Management.
See also
This note provides additional information on a feature from the business function
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements,
Reporting. See the relevant release note for details of all the features available in
this business function.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 207 of 222
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Fiduciary Deposit
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business
function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting
(FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3) you can use the new financial instruments Fiduciary Deposit,
which is fully integrated in the position management and accounting areas of the
Transaction Manager as well as in the Market Risk Analyzer.
Effects on Existing Data
o In transaction management the functions for creating and changing financial
transactions (transactions FTR_CREATE and FTR_EDIT) have been enhanced
for managing the Fiduciary Deposits.
o The area menu has been enhanced by the following new functions
- Fiduciary Deposits: Collective Processing of Fiduciary Deposits
(transaction TM60) under Transaction Manager -> Money Market ->
Trading / Back Office -> Collective Processing.
- Fiduciary Deposits: Collaterals (transaction TM60SC) is available under
Transaction Manager -> Money Market -> Information System ->
Transactions
Effects on Customizing
o In the IMG activities Define Product Types (Money Market) the new product
category 570 Fiduciary Deposit is available.
o For using the new financial instrument Fiduciary Deposit create a new product
type based on the new product category. Make all necessary settings for
transaction and position management in the IMG of the Transaction Manager.
See also
o For more information, refer to the SAP Library by choosing SAP ERP Central
Component -> Accounting -> SAP Financial Supply Chain Management (FIN-
FSCM) -> SAP Treasury and Risk Management (TRM) -> Transaction Manager
-> General Information about the Transaction Manager -> Product Types in the
Transaction Manager.
o This note provides additional information on a feature from the business function
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements,
Reporting. See the relevant release note for details of all the features
available in this business function.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 208 of 222
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Total Return Swap (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business
function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting
(FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3) you can use the new financial instruments Total Return
Swap, which is fully integrated in the position management and accounting areas of the
Transaction Manager as well as in the Market Risk Analyzer where you can calculate
the net present value (NPV) of total return swap deals (transaction TPM60).
Effects on Existing Data
o In transaction management the functions for creating and changing financial
transactions (transactions FTR_CREATE and FTR_EDIT) have been enhanced
for managing the Total Return Swap.
o The area menu has been enhanced by the new function Collective Processing of
Total Return Swaps (transaction FTRTRES00) under Transaction Manager ->
Derivatives -> Trading / Back Office -> Collective Processing.
Effects on Customizing
In the IMG activities Define Product Types (Derivatives) the new product category 640
Total Return Swap is available.
For using the new financial instrument Total Return Swap create a new product type
based on the new product category. Make all necessary settings for transaction and
position management in the IMG of the Transaction Manager.
See also
o For more information, refer to the SAP Library by choosing SAP ERP Central
Component -> Accounting -> SAP Financial Supply Chain Management (FIN-
FSCM) -> SAP Treasury and Risk Management (TRM) -> Transaction Manager
-> General Information about the Transaction Manager -> Product Types in the
Transaction Manager.
o This note provides additional information on a feature from the business function
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements,
Reporting. See the relevant release note for details of all the features
available in this business function.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 209 of 222
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Company Code Dependent Rate Type for CurrencyTranslation (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business
function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting
(FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3) you can use the rate type defined for the company code also
in the financial transactions.
Effects on Customizing
In the Customizing under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager ->
General Settings -> Organization -> Define Company Code Additional Data in the area
Exchange Rate Settings the new indicator Use Rate Type in Financial Transactions is available.
When this indicator is marked, the rate type for currency conversion to local currency
defined for the company code will be used for all financial transactions.
Remark:
When this indicator isn't set, the exhange rate type M is used for currency translation
within the financial transactions.
See also
This note provides additional information on a feature from the business function
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements,
Reporting. See the relevant release note for details of all the features available in
this business function.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 210 of 222
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Variable Rate/Price Calculation (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business
function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting
(FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3) the functions for variable interest calculation (transactions
TI10, TI11, TI12, TI37, TJ05, TJ05_REV, TJ09) have been changed. Now you can
adjust interest rates and also security prices. The structure nodes are renamed to
Variable Rate/Price Calculation.
See also
This note provides additional information on a feature from the business function
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements,
Reporting. See the relevant release note for details of all the features available in
this business function.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 211 of 222
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Enhancements in Single Position Management (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business
function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting
(FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3) you can:
o use the portfolio as a new differentiation criterion for single position management
o use HIFO/LOFO as new consumption sequence procedure
- HIFO = Highest in First out. With this consumption sequence procedure,
the position that is sold is the one that has highest acquisition value.
- LOFO = Lowest in First out. With this consumption sequence procedure,
the position that is sold is the one that has lowest acquisition value
o Different consumption sequence procedure in dependency of business
transaction category
Additional Hint:
The new functionality can be used only if a new company code is defined.
Effects on Customizing
Portfolio as new differentiation criterion for single position management
In the customizing activity Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager ->
General Settings -> Accounting -> Settings for Position Management -> Define and
Assign Differentiations
o Define a differentiation Portfolio
o Assign the differentiation Portfolio for positions
o Under Single Position Management assign for valuation area and company code
which Product Type is relevant for single position management.
HIFO/LOFO as automatic consumption sequence procedures
In Customizing under Transaction Manager -> General Settings -> Accounting ->
Settings for Position Management -> Assign Consumption Sequence Procedure the
new methods HIFO and LOFO are available.
Assign the consumption sequence procedure (LIFO, FIFO, HIFO, LOFO or Manual
Assignment) for the positions with single position management to define how the
quantity will be taken from the lots during a sale of the position.
Consumption sequence procedure in dependency of business transaction category
1. In Customizing under Transaction Manager -> General Settings -> Accounting ->
Settings for Position Management -> Assign Consumption Sequence Procedure
on the view CSP Schema you can create CSP Schema IDs.
2. Mark a schema and go to Settings per Business Transaction Category and
assign the consumption sequence procedures for each of the four available
business transaction categories:
- Security Account Transfer (2010)
- Valuation Class Transfer (2012)
- Portfolio Transfer (2016)
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 212 of 222
- Fund Transfer (only for PS customers) (7000)
3. Assign now the schemas in the views Settings per Company Code / Settings per
Product Type / Settings per Valuation Class / Settings per Portfolio.
See also
o Test case: Enhancements in Single Position Management
o Release note TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting
o SAP Library for SAP ERP on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp ->
SAP ERP Enhancement Packages -> ERP Central Component Enhancement
Package 5 -> SAP ERP Central Component -> Financials -> SAP Financial
Supply Chain Management (FIN-FSCM) -> SAP Treasury and Risk Management
(TRM) -> Transaction Manager
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 213 of 222
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Separating Posting and Paying Step (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business
function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting
(FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3) you can post a flow without paying and vice versa. By
separating the payment step from the posting step, you can initiate the payment first
and the posting later, enabling you to make urgent payments from financial
transactions.
Effects on Existing Data
New Functions
The new Payment Journal (transaction TPM20A) is available in the area menu of the
Transaction Manager under the following paths
o Transaction Manager -> Information System -> Reports -> Accounting
o Transaction Manager -> Money Market / Foreign Exchange / Derivatives /
Commodities / Securities / Debt Management -> Information System ->
Accounting
Changed Functions
Under Transaction Manager -> Accounting -> Transaction -> Post (transaction TBB1)
the new indicator Pay Only is available.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 214 of 222
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Retrospective SAC Amortization Method (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business
function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting
(FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3) you can use the new retrospective SAC amortization method
according to FASB 91 for positions of product category 042 Bond with Instalment
Repayment managed in single position management.
Effects on Customizing
Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> General Settings ->
Accounting -> Settings for Position Management -> Key Date Valuation -> Define
Amortization Procedure the field Treat.EffIntRate (SAC) is extended by an
additional select option to adjust the effective interest after Retrospective-method.
See also
This note provides additional information on a feature from the business function
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements,
Reporting. See the relevant release note for details of all the features available in
this business function.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 215 of 222
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Additional Account Assignments (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business
function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting
(FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3) you can fill the following target fields in the FI document with
values by means of the new derivation tool:
o GSBER Business Area
o PARGB Trading partner's business area
o PPRCTR Partner Profit Center
o PRCTR Profit Center
o PSEGMENT Partner Segment for Segmental Reporting
o SEGMENT Segment for Segmental Reporting
o TYP_MOV Movement Type (Inventory Management)
o VBUND Company ID of trading partner
o XREF3 Reference key for line item
This derivation tool is called when documents are being posted to FI. During posting
the target fields mentioned above will get updated in the FI document according to the
defined derivation steps.
Effects on Customizing
Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> General Settings ->
Accounting -> Link to Other Accounting Components -> Additional Account
Assignments you can find the following activities for the derivation of additional account
assignments:
o Define Derivation of Additional Account Assignments
o Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)
- Derivation of Additional Account Assignments
- Notes on Implementation
- BAdI: Derivation of Additional Account Assignments
- BAdI: Derivation of Texts for Additional Account Assignments
- BAdI: Mapping of Additional Account Assignment Values
See also
This note provides additional information on a feature from the business function
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements,
Reporting. See the relevant release note for details of all the features available in
this business function.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 216 of 222
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Additional Tab Pages in Class Data (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business
function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting
(FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3) you can use the following additional tab pages in class data:
o Predefined Tab Page
The tab page and the fields are delivered by SAP, but the appearance of the tab
page can be customized.
o User-Defined Tab Page
You can also create an additional tab page in the class data by using the BAdI:
Additional Tab Page in Class Data (TPM_SEC_CUST_DATA).
Effects on Customizing
You can find the following new activities for the two new Additional Tab Pages in Class
Data under Treasury and Risk Management -> Basic Functions -> Transaction
Manager-> Securities -> Master Data -> Specific Class Data -> Additional Tab Pages
in Class Data:
o PredefinedTab Page
- Define Heading for Tab Page
- Define Names for Currency Attributes
- Define Names for Date Attributes
- Define Names for Free Text Attributes
- Define Names and Values for Short Attributes
- Define Names and Values for Long Attributes
o User-Defined Tab Page
- BAdI: Additional Tab Page in Class Data
Changed IMG activity:
The Field Selection of the Customizing activity Define Product Types under Transaction
Manager -> Securities -> Master Data -> Product Types has been enhanced by the
new area Customer Data. Here you activate the pre-structured additional tab page on product type level.
See also
This note provides additional information on a feature from the business function
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements,
Reporting. See the relevant release note for details of all the features available in
this business function.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 217 of 222
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Authorization Check for Security Price Maintenance (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business
function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting
(FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3) you can use a new authorization check for security price
maintenance. The check is based on the price types. This allows independent
companies to share common market data with separate price types at the same time.
Effects on System Administration
The new authorization object Security Price Maintenance - Price type ( T_SEC_PRIC) has been created.
Effects on Customizing
When you want to use the authorization check you have to activate it in Customizing
under Transaction Manager -> General Settings -> Organization -> Activate Authority Check for Security Price Type .
See also
This note provides additional information on a feature from the business function
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements,
Reporting. See the relevant release note for details of all the features available in
this business function.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 218 of 222
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: FAS 157 Reporting (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business
function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting
(FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3) you can use this new functionality which enables you to
report according to FAS157, which is a legal standard under US GAAP. This standard
proposes the fair value calculation of financial instruments and further adjusted fair
value based on counterparty risk. The delivered report displays the fair value of
financial instruments and classifies them in three levels.
Effects on Existing Data
Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> Information System
-> Reports -> Regulatory Reporting under the new node FAS 157 you find:
o Classify Securities by Level (transaction FTI_FAS157_LEV_SEC)
o Classify Loans by Level (transaction FTI_FAS157_LEV_LOAN)
o Classify OTC Deals by Level (transaction FTI_FAS157_LEV_OTC)
o FAS157 Compliance Overview (transaction FTI_FAS157_OVERVIEW)
o FAS157 Levl 3 Details (transaction FTI_FAS157_LEVEL3)
Effects on Customizing
Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> General Settings -
> Information System -> FAS 157 you can find the following new IMG activities:
o FAS157: Classify Product Categories and Types into Levels
o FAS 157: Assign Update Types to Level 3 Categories
See also
o This note provides additional information on a feature from the business function
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements,
Reporting. See the relevant release note for details of all the features
available in this business function.
o This functionality is also deliverd with business function FIN_TRM_COMM_RM:
Financial Risk Management for Commodities. See the relevant release note
for details of all the features available in this business function.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 219 of 222
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Archiving of Raw Exposures and Exposure Positions (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business
function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting
(FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3) you can archive raw exposures and exposure positions
within the Exposure Management 2.0.
Effects on Existing Data
Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> Utilities ->
Archiving you find the new node Raw Exposures and Exposure Positions (Exposure
Management 2.0) which contains:
o Preprocessing Raw Exposures and Exposure Positions (transaction FTREX31)
o Reset Preprocessing Raw Exposures and Exposure Positions (transaction
FTREX32)
o Archive Raw Exposures (transaction FTREX41)
o Archive Exposure Positions (transaction FTREX42)
Effects on Customizing
Under Treasury and Risk Management -> Transaction Manager -> General Settings -
> Hedge Management -> Settings for Exposure Management 2.0 you can find the new
node Archiving Raw Exposures and Exposure Positions which contains the new
activitiy Maintain Company Code Dependent Retention Periods.
See also
This note provides additional information on a feature from the business function
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements,
Reporting. See the relevant release note for details of all the features available in
this business function.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 220 of 222
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: Accounting Analyzer (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (EA-FINSERV 605), business
function TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements, Reporting
(FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3) you can use the new Accounting Analyzer. You can report
the position components of financial transactions and positions based on a specific
granularity (portfolio hierarchy) with regard to Market Risk Analyzer and accounting key
figures. This is possible for all instruments in the area of securities.
Effects on Existing Data
In the Area Menu under Accounting -> Financial Supply Chain Management ->
Treasury and Risk Management you can find the new structure Accounting Analyzer.
Which inculdes the new function Define Key Figures and Evaluation Procedures
(transaction AFWKF_AA) under Accounting Analyzer -> Results Database.
Effects on Customizing
o Under Treasury and Risk Management you can find the new structure for the
Accounting Analyzer.
o Within the new structure of the Accounting Analyzer you can find the new activity
Edit Key Figures and Evaluation Procedures under the node
Results Database.
See also
This note provides additional information on a feature from the business function
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_3: TRM, New Instruments, Accounting Enhancements,
Reporting. See the relevant release note for details of all the features available in
this business function.
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 221 of 222
Additional Release Notes
Enhancements for Foreign Currency Valuation (New)
Use
As of SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0 (SAP APPL_605), you can use
program FAGL_FCV in place of program FAGL_FC_VALUATION for foreign currency
valuation in new General Ledger Accounting. Not only does this program comprise all
functions that were available in program FAGL_FC_VALUATION, but it also contains the
following functions in addition:
o Saving Output Lists
To shorten the execution time of the program, you can save the output lists for
valuation runs in the database. For each valuation run, you can specify whether
the program only saves the output list or whether it saves the output list and also
displays it directly. You can call saved output lists at a later point in time either
directly with the program or by running the report Display Logs (FAGL_PROT).
o Direct Postings or Postings by Batch Input Session
You can specify whether the program posts the generated valuation documents
directly or whether it saves them for posting at a subsequent point in time in a
batch input session. When the postings are made directly, the system
automatically saves posting documents containing errors in a batch input session
for correction and subsequent posting.
o Resetting Postings on Basis of Valuation History
After postings have been made, you can reset them at a later point in time. For
this, the program determines the relevant foreign currency items (line items) and
foreign currency balances (accounts) as well as any corresponding valuation
differences from the entries in the valuation history. In the case of foreign
currency items, the system also creates a reset posting if the items were cleared
before or on the specified valuation key date.
o Use of Parallel Processes
To improve system performance, the program distributes the individual process
steps during execution across parallel processes.
Effects on Existing Data
Program FAGL_FCV uses the same data basis and the same posting logic as program
FAGL_FC_VALUATION.
Effects on System Administration
This program does not need to be activated separately; you can execute it directly
(transaction FAGL_FCV). After you have run the program once in an update run in a
given client, the system always automatically starts program FAGL_FCV whenever
program FAGL_FC_VALUATION is called in that client. Consequently, it is not possible
to use both programs in parallel.
Recommendation
Likewise, in the case of valuation runs that you schedule using the Schedule Manager,
the system automatically starts program FAGL_FCV after the first time that it has been
used, automatically applying the selection parameters specified. If you want a complete
conversion from program FAGL_FC_VALUATION to the new program, we recommend
setting up a direct callup of program FAGL_FCV for these valuation runs.
Effects on Customizing
SAP® What's New? – Release Notes
Release Notes for Financials SAP enhancement package 5 for SAP ERP 6.0
Page 222 of 222
In Customizing for Financial Accounting (New) under General Ledger Accounting
(New) -> Periodic Processing -> Valuate -> Foreign Currency Valuation -> Define
Number Range Intervals for Valuation Run ID, you have stored number range
interval 01 of number range object FAGL_FCV.
Moreover, the program uses the same settings as program FAGL_FC_VALUATION.
See also
SAP Library for SAP ERP on the SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/erp -> SAP
ERP Central Component -> Periodic Processing -> Closing Operations -> Foreign
Currency Valuation.